Volume 5, Issue 10(2), October 2016
International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research
Published by Sucharitha Publications 8-43-7/1, Chinna Waltair Visakhapatnam – 530 017 Andhra Pradesh – India Email:
[email protected] Website: www.ijmer.in
Editorial Board Editor-in-Chief Dr.K. Victor Babu Faculty, Department of Philosophy Andhra University – Visakhapatnam - 530 003 Andhra Pradesh – India
EDITORIAL BOARD MEMBERS Prof. S.Mahendra Dev
Prof. Fidel Gutierrez Vivanco
Vice Chancellor Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research Mumbai
Founder and President Escuela Virtual de Asesoría Filosófica Lima Peru
Prof.Y.C. Simhadri Vice Chancellor, Patna University Former Director Institute of Constitutional and Parliamentary Studies, New Delhi & Formerly Vice Chancellor of Benaras Hindu University, Andhra University Nagarjuna University, Patna University
Prof. (Dr.) Sohan Raj Tater Former Vice Chancellor Singhania University, Rajasthan
Prof.K.Sreerama Murty Department of Economics Andhra University - Visakhapatnam
Prof. K.R.Rajani Department of Philosophy Andhra University – Visakhapatnam
Prof. P.D.Satya Paul Department of Anthropology Andhra University – Visakhapatnam
Prof. Josef HÖCHTL Department of Political Economy University of Vienna, Vienna & Ex. Member of the Austrian Parliament Austria
Prof. Alexander Chumakov Chair of Philosophy Russian Philosophical Society Moscow, Russia
Prof. Igor Kondrashin The Member of The Russian Philosophical Society The Russian Humanist Society and Expert of The UNESCO, Moscow, Russia
Dr. Zoran Vujisiæ Rector St. Gregory Nazianzen Orthodox Institute Universidad Rural de Guatemala, GT, U.S.A
Prof.U.Shameem Department of Zoology Andhra University Visakhapatnam
Dr. N.V.S.Suryanarayana Dept. of Education, A.U. Campus Vizianagaram
Dr. Kameswara Sharma YVR Asst. Professor Dept. of Zoology Sri. Venkateswara College, Delhi University, Delhi
I Ketut Donder Depasar State Institute of Hindu Dharma Indonesia
Prof. Roger Wiemers Professor of Education Lipscomb University, Nashville, USA
Dr. N.S. Dhanam Department of Philosophy Andhra University Visakhapatnam
Dr.B.S.N.Murthy
Dr.Ton Quang Cuong
Department of Mechanical Engineering GITAM University Visakhapatnam
Dean of Faculty of Teacher Education University of Education, VNU, Hanoi
Dr.S.V Lakshmana Rao Coordinator A.P State Resource Center Visakhapatnam
Prof. Chanakya Kumar Department of Computer Science University of Pune,Pune
Prof. Djordje Branko Vukelic
Dr.S.Kannan Department of History Annamalai University Annamalai Nagar, Chidambaram
Dr. B. Venkataswamy H.O.D., & Associate Professor Dept. of Telugu, P.A.S. College Pedanandipadu, Guntur, India
Department for Production Engineering University of Novi Sad, Serbia
Prof. Shobha V Huilgol Department of Pharmacology Off- Al- Ameen Medical College, Bijapur
Prof.Joseph R.Jayakar
Dr.E. Ashok Kumar
Department of English GITAM University Hyderabad
Department of Education North- Eastern Hill University, Shillong
Prof.Francesco Massoni
Dr.K.Chaitanya Department of Chemistry Nanjing University of Science and Technology People’s Republic of China
Dr.Merina Islam Department of Philosophy Cachar College, Assam
Department of Public Health Sciences University of Sapienza, Rome
Prof.Mehsin Jabel Atteya Al-Mustansiriyah University College of Education Department of Mathematics, Iraq
Prof. Ronato Sabalza Ballado
Dr. Bipasha Sinha
Department of Mathematics University of Eastern Philippines, Philippines
S. S. Jalan Girls’ College University of Calcutta, Calcutta
Dr.Senthur Velmurugan .V
Prof. N Kanakaratnam Dept. of History, Archaeology & Culture Dravidian University, Kuppam Andhra Pradesh Dr. K. John Babu Department of Journalism & Mass Comm Central University of Kashmir, Kashmir
Dr.T.V.Ramana Department of Economics, Andhra University Campus, Kakinada
Librarian Kalasalingam University Krishnankovil Tamilnadu Dr.J.B.Chakravarthi Assistant Professor Department of Sahitya Rasthritya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha, Tirupati Prof. R. Siva Prasadh Institute of Advanced Studies in Education Andhra University, Visakhapatnam
® © Editor-in-Chief, IJMER Typeset and Printed in India www.ijmer.in IJMER, Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research, concentrates on critical and creative research in multidisciplinary traditions. This journal seeks to promote original research and cultivate a fruitful dialogue between old and new thought.
CONTENTS Volume 5 S. No 1.
Issue 10(2)
October 2016
Is Investing in Education Worthy for Self Employed Informal Sector Participant in Jigjiga? Application of Game Theory Wubeshet Gezahagn
Page No 1
2.
A Birds Eye View on Crony Capitalism with Special Reference to India K.Chandrasekhara Rao
15
3.
Policies and Rural Development Programmes in India M.Saravara Kumari and B.Penchalaiah
21
4.
A Study on Recruitment and Selection Process with Reference to Hindu Temples in Visakhapatnam, AP, South India M.Vijaya Prasad,M.V.S.Mindira and M.S.Sukumar
37
5.
Women Culinary Entrepreneurs’ Consistency in Promoting the Local Cuisine in Support of Tourism in Bali Putu Sucita Yanthy
57
6.
वैखानसीयं त वम ्
71 N.Tanuj Vishnuvardhan
7.
A Review of Literature on Impact of Merger and Acquisition: Accounting Measured Based Studies Rakesh and Kapil Chaudhary
78
8.
Concepts of Big Data Surbhi Verma,Pragya Singhal and Rohan Mandhanya
95
9.
Impact of Gender Discrimination on the Lives of Women: The Case of Bedele Woreda, South West Ethiopia Michie Nibiret Awoke and Gebre Medihinw Mariam
117
10.
India’s Performance in Eradicating Extreme Poverty and Hunger : The First and Foremost MDGs Y. Hemantha Kumar
143
11.
Flexible Reactive Power Control in Multigroup CurrentSourced HVDC Interconnections T.Venkatesh and P.Swarnalatha
149
12.
Micro Finance Institutions Impact on Unorganized Sector Palla Rajyalakshmi
157
13.
169 Trupti Mohanta
14.
Relevance of the Teaching of Gandhi Today A.V.Krishna Rao
177
15.
Executive Perceptions on Corporate Governance Practices in RINL, Visakhapatnam D. Durga Prasanna and B. Raja Kumar
185
16.
n-InSe Single Crystals: Effect of Electric Field on Photoconductivity D. Linga Rao
205
17.
Whether Homosexual Marriages Should be Legalized or Not? K.Chandrasekhara Rao
215
18.
Learning Skills of Kids in Vocabulary, Grammar, Reading, Writing in English V.Krishna Murthy
232
19.
A Three – State Optimal Repair Replacement Policy with α – Series Process T.C.Ravichandra Kumar
243
20.
Telugu Tamila Mudhunuri
250
Bashala
Anusandanakartha-
Sri
M.Prasad
Dr. K. VICTOR BABU M.A.,M.A.,M.Phil.,Ph.D.,PDF, (D.Lit) Faculty of Philosophy and Religious Studies & Editor-in-Chief International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research (IJMER) & Sucharitha: A Journal of Philosophy and Religion Andhra University, Visakhapatnam Pin - 530 003 , Andhra Pradesh – India
ISSN : 2277 – 7881 Impact Factor :4.527(2016) Index Copernicus Value: 5.16
Editorial…… You will be happy to know that we have entered the fifth year of publication of IJMER, since its inception in April 2012. Focusing on many interdisciplinary subjects, the published papers are spreading the knowledge with fervent hope of upholding the holistic approach. With all my heart, I reiterate to echo my sincere feelings and express my profound thanks to each and every valued contributor. This journal continues to nurture and enhance the capabilities of one and all associated with it. We as a team with relentless efforts are committed to inspire the readers and achieve further progress. Aim is to sustain the tempo and improve. We acknowledge with pleasure that our readers are enjoying the publications of Sucharitha Publishers. We solicit to receive ideas and comments for future improvements in its content and quality. Editor –in-Chief explicitly conveys his gratitude to all the Editorial Board members. Your support is our motivation. Best wishes to everyone.
Dr.K.Victor Babu Editor-in-Chief
SOCIAL SCIENCES, HUMANITIES, COMMERCE & MANAGEMENT, ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY, MEDICINE, SCIENCES, ART & DEVELOPMENT STUDIES, LAW
www.ijmer.in
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
IS INVESTING IN EDUCATION WORTHY FOR SELF EMPLOYED INFORMAL SECTOR PARTICIPANT IN JIGJIGA? APPLICATION OF GAME THEORY Wubeshet Gezahagn College of Business and Economics Jigjiga University, Ethiopia Abstract 397 respondents were used as a primary source of data. The monetized return of employees in public sector is contentious issue. I tried to make it more debatable by comparing the cost and benefit of self employed informal sector employee and public servant, if they invest in education. As signal, Bachelor degree was used in order to graduate to public sector for both players. Spence education game was taken for the analysis. Separating equilibrium was achieved for both players of the game, and here in Jigjiga it was essential for the self employed informal sector employees not to invest up to bachelor degree in education because it cost them much than otherwise. But to those public sector employees it is better to invest when we compare the measurable return and cost of education only. Key
words:
Spence
education
game,
Signaling,
Separating
equilibrium, perfect Bayesian equilibrium 1. Introduction Formal and informal are two main sectors in economic activity of a nation. Where the former deals with government and private organization here in general it can be summed as the organized and regulated sector. The latter is reverse of the former in being unorganized and unregulated. The public sector remains the single most important source of employment in urban Ethiopia, with more than 40% of employed www.ijmer.in
1
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
(Dercon et.al.2005). Commonly the decision of an individual to participate in public sector is constrained by his educational background whatever the character of the job is. Wubeshet (2012) found that years of education negatively related with participation in the informal sector and said most of participants of informal sector were illiterate that can hinder them not be the potential entrants in the public sector. Therefore the only rescue this urban poor would be informal sector. Though education is used as signal that blocks or allows labor to engage in public sector, there is amazement concerning earning of the self employed informal sector participants. Because in most scenario their earning is higher than legal minimum wage and also in some cases the income of self employed employees has an upper hand over the earning some public sector employees. (Wubeshet, 2012) Finally, this research indulge more on, if self employed informal sector participants wish to graduate in public sector and public sector employees promoting themselves because of its return, investing in education is major requirement for both potential participant. Therefore I ask whether the opportunity cost of education for these graduates is the same or not, with monetized return from public sector. 2. Research Method As the first group, the researcher collected data from the government entities of the town. In order to identify the educational background and earning of public employees data were collected from health bureau of city council and bureau of education of the regional state. Because these two entities could be representative of the town public sector, as they have many employees under them. In general there were 97 and 100 employees in respective bureaus and the data of other players of the game were found from informal sector participants of (Wubeshet. 2012) that was 200. Descriptive method was employed to explain www.ijmer.in
2
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
investment decision on education of formal and informal sector participant using game tries. 2.1 Signaling game on education 2.1.1 Educational game on the public vs. informal sector employees Spence (1973) shade light for this concept in his article of job market signaling game. Where there are to group of player that is one employer and two type of worker. There is asymmetry of information on the behalf of the employer about their alterable characteristics mainly education which helps which of the type is low ability and high ability employee. If the education level is positively correlated with a worker’s productivity, then education may serve as a signal for a worker’s productivity (Eichberger and Kelsey, 1999). By taking the type workers given in the original model of Spence we can rephrase the low ability as informal sector employee and formal/public sector that is to indicate high ability type so game can takes place. As benchmark, taking the assumption of the Spence the researcher developed his own assumption which can to be compatible with the notion of the research. Assumptions 1. In an economy of Jigjiga town there are two sectors. i.e. formal and informal sector and each sector do have its own employees. Formal sector mean of government organization excluding policemen/women and military.
www.ijmer.in
3
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
N.B here the researcher consider formal sector as public sector only even though they are many including private sector and the like 2. If Informal sector employee wants to graduate to formal sector though their educational background is low as compared to formal sector. Having investing in education two main returns will informal sector employee get (a) acquiring education improves the earning and/or employment prospect the individual. (b) Private non-financial return which includes improvements in the individual’s welfare that are not a part of measured earning (example, easy access to highly paid job, better working condition and so on). 3. Educational level e*, is the signaling equilibrium or/is an entrance requirement to formal sector. Public organization cannot observes the ability of workers that is why e* used as signal. Concerning e* both types of employee will take their action in accordance to the signal. Then the game will start to play. 4. Education is productive for individuals (employees, but it doesn’t increase his real marginal product at all here we are ignoring the external benefit of education) 5. The formals sector employees are more productive in the skilled job/public job than are the informal which requires e > 1. And also formals are more productive in skilled jobs than are the informal in unskilled jobs requires e > a. The informal are more productive in unskilled jobs/informal sector than they are in skilled jobs and this requires a ≥ 1 6. Education (signaling) cost is in general opportunity cost which is the monetized one. For informal sector the cost will be e unit. Meanwhile the cost to member of formal sector is e/g, with g > 1 www.ijmer.in
4
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
where g implies for productivity of employees. The marginal cost of signaling is lower for the more able than it is for the less able. The difference in cost dictates that there is negative correlation between the two types. That is formal sector employees are assumed to be high ability and the cost for them to signal themselves from other type is low because they are productive or they can easily upgrade their educational status. The reverse is for informal sector (low ability). 7. Individual in group I/ informal sector employee have a productivity of s and return to employer from this type of employee is s-w (e). where w(e) the cost for the employer that is salary/wage of this type while those in group II/formal sector employee have a productivity T and also the formal sector can have outcome of T-w(e) from this type of employee(high ability). Where T > S 8. If investing in education has higher private return relative to the costs, most participants will invest heavily or informal sector employee may graduate to formal sector heavily. That is if the payoff of w (e) - e is high and vice versa. 3. Discussion and Result 3.1 Equilibrium level of education Alike other peripheral states of the country, Jigjiga even though it is state’s capital, the human capital development i.e. access to education were almost the recent issue. About 50-60% of informal sector participant are still illiterate in Jigjiga town, although the rest almost had completed 1-10 grade (Wubeshet, 2012). To have the general understanding employees of government in the Jigjiga there are two main types of government entities, the city council www.ijmer.in
5
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
and the state bureaus. From these bureaus the researcher took each from either type. By simple random sampling of lottery method. Therefore Jigjiga city council health office and regional educational bureaus were selected. The Jigjiga city council health office have total of 97 employees from this 2% had master degree holder, 16.49% has bachelor degree and 81.44% have diploma. From the regional education bureau there were 100 employees of this 1% have master degree, 68% have bachelor degree and the rest 31% have diploma. These two bureaus can be definitely representing the educational status of employees (formal sector) in Jigjiga. So the total averages from both bureaus in combination were, the average diploma holders are 56.22%, 42.24% having bachelor degree and 1.53% are master holder in 2012. The equilibrium level of education to undertake Spence education game as signal was bachelor degree (e*), since it is now a days in Ethiopia same with Jigjiga, having a diploma can’t be costly than other (higher) educational status because of supply of education. And also the majority of Jigjiga’s public sector employee’s had diploma. While in the town, informal sector participant can’t easily access bachelor degree and can’t imitate (mimic) that she had degree, because bachelor degree is costly for informal sector employee. Based on the assumptions given, the model used for this game was separating equilibrium. That is the message sent by the workers which is the education choice would answer different responses in form of wage paid by the market. Separating Equilibrium model From Slantchev (2008) perfect Bayesian equilibrium (PBE) is eFE ≠ eIE. From Bayes’ rule, q(eFE) = 1 and q(eIE) = 0, and we have w(eFE) = x and w(eIE) = y where x > y that is the employer/public sector deliver to the potential employees with respect to their educational background . www.ijmer.in
6
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
With this wage, the informal sector worker’s payoff is UIE(eIE) = y − eIE, so he would choose e*IE = 0 because anything else would make him worse off. What about the formal worker? His payoff is UFE(eFE) = x – eFE /g. Observe now that this should be at least as good as mimicking informal’s behavior: if he does that and chooses e = 0, then the employer would conclude that she is the low-ability type and offer him the wage w(eIE), so his payoff would be UFE(0) = y. His payoff from eFE > 0 must be at least as good, Where: eFE is the education level of public sector eIE is the education level of informal sector w (eFE) = x the amount of wage paid formal sector employee w (eIE) = y the amount of wage paid to informal sector UFE(e*FE ) ≥ UFE(e*IE )
x – e*FE /g ≥ y
e*FE ≤ x.
Based on Slantchev (2008) we conclude that formal’s equilibrium level of education cannot be too high or else he would just get no education and stick with the low wage because when formal tries to separate by far from the informal she would not be profitable due to the cost of education becoming higher . On the other hand, formal’s education level cannot be too low or else the informal type will try to mimic it. To see that, observe that in a separating equilibrium, the low type also must have no incentive to imitate the behavior of the high type. This means that UIE(e*IE ) ≥ UIE(e*FE )
y ≥ x – e*FE
e*FE ≥ y.
We conclude that formal’s equilibrium level of education cannot be too low or else she low-ability worker would be able to acquire it if doing so would convince the employer that she has high ability. Considering the assumptions given let use the separating equilibrium model for the analysis of the game played by two type workers and www.ijmer.in
7
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
employer that is informal sector and formal sector employee and the public sector. Respecting the heterogeneity of informal sector the researcher used three kinds of informal sector namely manufacturing sector, service sector particularly those who trade goods and food and beverage. Which all of them are under the low ability type. First let us start with the manufacturing sector of informal employee and the public sector employee in one group and formal sector in the other group. Adopting Eichberger and Kelsey (1999), strategy of the workers is the level of education e and wage claim w. The payoff of a worker depends on her productivity ϕt which can be either formal sector, ϕFE, or manufacturing sector, ϕMS, 0 < ϕ MS < ϕ FE or 0 < s < T; and takes the following form: u(e , w, ϕt) := w – For manufacturing sector the payoff u(e , y, S) := y – For the formal sector the payoff: u (e , x, T) := x – Firm: The firm is the potential employer in our case the public sector. Its payoff function does not depend directly on the level of education that a worker achieves however productivity of a worker matters. For simplicity, assume the following payoff function for the firm if it hires a worker of productivity type ϕt: v(e,w, ϕ t) = ϕ t - w The payoff from the manufacturing sector would be v (e, w, s) = s – w www.ijmer.in
8
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Also the outcome from the public sector employee v (e, w, T) = T – w Workers move first due to its signaling. They apply for a job with the firm based on an education level e and a wage claim w: The firm responds to the education-wage profile (e,w) by either accepting it, a, or by rejecting it, r. From the researcher’s survey, it is found that the amount of e or the opportunity cost for education of the manufacturing sector is birr 3099/month and w which is the wage rate that public sector will pay for the manufacturing sector is the wage rate for bachelor degree .While most of public sector employee in Jigjiga town have diploma. So the opportunity cost for education in case is that wage rate that sacrifice would birr 1246/month and wage that it gate if had the equilibrium level education e* will be birr 2370/month or x. But the productivity level is higher in formal sector or T > S. The payoff for the potential employer if she hire the manufacturing sector employee she get S – 2370 and T-2370 for the public sector employee where T>S. We used the per month analysis for simplicity.
Separating equilibrium has to satisfy the following condition:
2370 – 3099/S ≥ 2370 – 1246/T, If the informal sector employer acquires bachelor degree as of the public sector employee the benefit she gets is lower than the cost because under the circumstance of T > S the left hand of the equation can’t outweigh the right. Therefore, self employed informal sector participant decides not to invest in education which strengthens the existence of separating equilibrium.
www.ijmer.in
9
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Following diagram shows the decision tree for a representative proposal (e , w) ∊ E x W.
Where: FSE formal sector employee i.e public sector MSE manufacturing sector employee that is informal sector employee PS public sector i.e employer T productivity level of public sector employee S productivity of informal sector employee : a the decision to accept, r the decision to reject, e level of education and w amount of wage From this game the public sector employee doesn’t invest in very high education because it would be costly to her and also doesn’t decrease the level of education because if it known the employer perceive her as low/informal sector and give her below birr 2370/month. So it better for her to stick on the equilibrium level of education that is bachelor degree and get the payoff. And for the informal sector employee want to mimic the characteristics of public sector would get birr 2370/month which is less than the opportunity cost i.e. birr 3099/month in the year
www.ijmer.in
10
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
2012. So this is not a worthy decision for the manufacturing sector employees. The second scenario is to analyze the game between public sector employee and informal sector owner, in this case those who trade goods in the market. Also the educational status of this employees are the almost the same with previous case. Kaya(2005) sequence of signals to be on the path of a separating equilibrium, it is necessary and sufficient that this sequence satisfy two sets of constraints. First is a set of incentive compatibility constraints that guarantee that the weak type is not willing to mimic the strong type's equilibrium path actions. Second is a set of individual rationality conditions that make sure that the strong type is getting as much as she can guarantee herself. From this mimicking the behavior of public sector employee to the informal sector would result the following diagram which assures the separating equilibrium. and the informal continues not invest in education to enter in the formal sector because the payoff in public sector is low but it rational for public sector employee to invest in education because birr 2370/month > birr 1246/month. Therefore e* level of education that is bachelor degree separate the low from the high ability which finally separating equilibrium achieved.
Where TGE those employee who trade in goods
www.ijmer.in
11
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
FSE formal sector employee Finally, let us discuss the case public sector employee with those employees in food and beverage sector. From the survey the researcher found that average monthly earning to this type of informal sector employee was birr 2160/month. Do investing in education is rational decision for the informal sector employees of this type? Even though the public sector employee wants to assure the separating level of education and tried to guarantee by making education high, the informal sector participant having this earning they would not initiate to do with public sector employee. But if the low ability wants to imitate with high ability type by investing in education to had bachelor degree which is the equilibrium level that signal the two type of employee the following diagram would be existed. And this would lead to separate the formal versus informal employee
Where:BFE: those who did in the beverage and food FSE formal sector employee Pitfalls of this game 1. Spence educational game is highly a dynamic type of gave which consider different time frame but here the research hadn’t had the resource and time to analysis using different time. So I www.ijmer.in
12
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
utilized the resource I have that is using the survey sample data which was collected from 200 sample of informal sector participant to analysis the effect of informal sector return on decision with respect to education.(Wubeshet,2012) 2. It is obvious that education has different benefit that are quantifiable or non quantifiable easily. For simplicity the researcher would only consider the return of education that can be easily measured such as wage/salary and the like. Meanwhile the cost of education can be measured or not because from space consideration when he meant opportunity cost he is meaning the combination “cost” that are monetized and otherwise but here I also use the monetized opportunity cost of education. Conclusion Having manipulating the idea of Spence’s education game to informal vs. formal sector employees the following notion could be concluded. Separating equilibrium was the model used to analysis the decision on education using perfect Bayesian equilibrium sense between informal sector and formal/public sector employees. The equilibrium level of education in Jigjiga is bachelor degree. That formal sector employer wants from the potential employee and which helps for the productivity of his firm or bachelor degree is used as signal. Three kinds of informal sector employee and one formal/public sector employee was used to compare under different scenarios that is game between employer vs. manufacturing and public sector employees, employer vs. traders of goods, public sector employees and food and beverage, public sector employees vs. formal sector employer. Generally if the game played by employer and two types of employees accordingly gave as, informal sector employees in particular doesn’t accept the offer of employer and didn’t invest in higher education like www.ijmer.in
13
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
acquiring of bachelor degree because for them the private return of education less than the cost, if informal want to mimic the behavior of formal’s which meant to assume they have bachelor degree. So the case in Jigjiga, having bachelor degree assumed separating equilibrium which dictates that high ability individuals are formal employees feeling education is indirectly correlated with productivity. While for public sector employee the benefits outweigh the cost so it is recommendable for them to invest in higher education. But here we weren’t consider the non measured benefit and cost of education. References 1. Bangerter.A and Roulin.N (n.d) Personnel Selection as a Signaling Game University of Neuchâtel Cornelius J. König Saarland University 2. Branislav L. Slantchev(2008): Game Theory: Static and Dynamic Games of Incomplete Information Department of Political Science, University of California – San Diego 3. Eichberger. J and Kelsey.D (1999): Education Signaling and Uncertainty Economic Series No. 9903 4. Spence.M (1973): Job Market Signaling The Quarterly Journal of Economics, Vol. 87, No. 3, pp. 355-374 5. Wubeshet.G(2012): Gender-wise determinant of informal sector employment in Jigjiga town: A cross sectional Study Journal Of Economics And International Finance, academic journals(2016)
www.ijmer.in
14
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
A BIRDS EYE VIEW ON CRONY CAPITALISM WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO INDIA K.Chandrasekhara Rao Research Scholar P.G Department of Legal Studies and Research Acharya Nagarjuna University Nagarjuna Nagar, Guntur, A.P Introduction: ‘Crony Capitalism’ (CC) is a term describing an economy in which success in business depends of close relationships between the people and government officials. It may be exhibited by favouritism in the distribution of legal permits, government grants, special tax breaks or other forms of State intervention. CC is a pejorative term used to refer to the corrupt business dealings and practices carried out in a capitalistic economy. The word ‘crony’ itself means friend. It is generally used to exhibit disapproval. In such a system, the false appearance of ‘pure’ capitalism is publicity maintained to preserve the exclusive influence of well connected individuals. Though the Liberalisation, Privatisation and Globalisation (LPG), results, but leads to certain demerits also and the CC is one such. CC and corruption are conjoined twins which lead to plunder the State exchequer. It raised such individuals income to a greater heights. According to the statistical analysis of the ‘Economist conducted during 2016, the income of the crony capitalists raised to 385% during the stint of 2004 which worth rupees 2 lakh crores. Consequently there occurred humongous disparities in the distribution of economy. The crony capitalist income share in the GDP is 3.4% in India. As per the Index of ‘Economy’, India’s place is 9th in this regard across the globe. Albeit, it is heartening to note that after formation of the NDA Govt, it initiated an eulogisable and courageous steps to prevent the crony capitalism
www.ijmer.in
15
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
besides money landering and as a result of the same, the CC coupled with corruption has reduced to certain extent. Crony capitalism across the Globe: The following table displays as self explanatory as how the CC spreaded its tentacles like octopus across to world.
Source: Saakshi Bhavitha Column P.12 26-06-2016
www.ijmer.in
16
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Vicious Circle of CC: it is a vicious circle. The main motto of CC is ‘quid pro qu’. There are quite a good number of factors condusive for CC. Major important players indulged in CC are the politicians and business class; the British relic Bureaucracy and the Public Sector Banks of India. The following is the vividly portration for CC by the said categories. 1. The role of politicians and the business class: As per the analysis of the Economist (07.05.2016), “Consequent on LPG, there had been a surge in billionaire wealth in industries that often involves easy relations with the govt, such as casinos, oil and construction etc. Over the two decades, crony fortunes had leapt relatively to the global GDP and as a share of total billionaire wealth”. On the other hand Indian companies have taken 34 out of the top 100 spots, out ranking many of their better known global peers. Indian companies have excelled in appropriating natural resources, whether it is coal, oil or electro-magnetic spectrum at throw away prices from the Govt to make the abnormal profits. They have done so by investing humongous in donations to the political parties and cultivating close ties with the politicsbureaucratic nexus. The core competence of many business remains at the ability to manage and manipulate the Ministers and the Civil Servants. CC is a form of deviant economic behaviour that sucks fairness, competition and vitality out of capitalistic system. The episode of BCCI is the best example for the same. 2. The Role of Bureaucracy: Today bureaucracy has become synonym to the corruption. It occurs at the point of public service delivery through payment of bribes to access or expedite these services. It has become through proper trajectory for CC. Decisions to allocate public resources are distorted by money, power, access, connections or some combinations of the above the manifestations of CC. Back room deals between the member of the governing class www.ijmer.in
17
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
and their handpicked influence of legislative, executive and regulatory actions of the Govt. According to a recant survey of the bureaucracies of 12 Asian economics’, India’s suffocating bureaucracy’ ranked as the least efficient and working with the countries’ civil servants was described as ‘slow and painful process. 3. Role of the Public Sector Banks of India: Under the Indian Companies Law Act and Rules’ loop holes such as ‘Limited liability’ quite a good number of promoters have been looting the Public Sector Banks. The Banks have written off Rs.1.14 lakhs in a decade. Raisen d’etre the RBI Governor Raghuram Rajan has aptly quoted that ‘India has poor companies and rich promoters. It is a sorry State of affair that during the last decade, the GOI has bestowed ‘revenue foregone’ in the form of tax exemption to an extent of Rs.42.6 lakhs crores, which is a prodigious burden on the State exchequer. Suggestions and conclusion: Thus today the CC has been eating the vital parts of the Indian economy and consequently there occurred an humongous disparities in the distribution of wealth. According to one survey, it was observed that 80% of the country’s wealth was vested in the hands of 20% of the people, such as business tycoons, financial wizards and politicians. The Acts such as the MRTP Act, FERA Act and COFEPOSA Act etc shall be strengthened with assiduous reviews and feedbacks. Therefore in order to reduce the CC to a greater extent, the first and foremost step is to implement 100% transparency in licensing system. Furthermore, it shall be limit the size and scope of the Govt reform the system of campaign financing; improve and comply with rules of the legislative process and reform the lobbying system. Besides that draconian action as per law shall be initiated against those who violates the provisions of the Acts with true letter and spirit. The ‘red tapism’ shall be shunned
www.ijmer.in
18
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
forthwith. Accountability and responsibility shall be fixed on the bureaucracy with periodical reviews besides carrot and stick style of supervision. The developing countries share is only 43% against the world’s GDP. Albeit its share of CC is 65% where as in the developed countries, the position is quite reverse i.e., the share of CC is only 1.5% against their GDP. Since inception of NDA govt, the daring, dashing and dynamic PM, Namo has initiated draconian steps to reduce the corruption and CC and consequently the same was reduced to some what extent and yielding favourable results. His Govt has whiplashed against spectrum scam indulged persons besides coal mining unscrupulous fellows and miscreants. The RBI under the dynamic stewardship of the Governor, Raghuram Rajan has also taken poignant banking reforms to reduce the inflation besides NPAs of the banks. The Govt of NDA is trying its level best to bring back the black money deposited unauthorisedly at Swiss and other tax havens. Gradually positive results are being succumbing in this regard. The Govt shall also be enlightened and educate the people of India towards this aspect. If at all both the Central Govt and State Govts will implement the suggestions and steps as cited supra with true letter and spirit, it is dam sure that the corruption and CC will be reduced to a greater extent and the bureaucracy will be functioned with accountability and transparency which ultimately leads to enhance the GDP of the country which in turn hike the capital income of the people and their slandered of living References: S.No.
Name of the News paper
Date
P No
1
Sakshi – Bhavitha colmn
26.6.16
12
2
Eenadu
28.05.16
4
www.ijmer.in
19
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
S.No.
Name of the News paper
Date
P No
3
The Hindu- business colmn
29.05.16
16
4
The Hindu
20.7.16
17
5
The Hindu Editorial
18.04.16
10
6
The Hindu
28.03.16
16
7
The Hindu Business colmn
20.03.16
15
8
Eenadu
12.06.16
8
9
Eenadu
26.04.16
4
10
Eenadu
14.03.16
4
11
Eenadu
15.05.16
8
12
Eenadu
15.02.16
4
13
Eenadu
18.12.16
4
14
Eenadu
01.04.16
4
15
Eenadu
04.03.16
4
16
Eenadu business colmn
07.08.16
6
17
Eenadu
07.07.16
4
18
Andhra jyothi
29.03.16
4
www.ijmer.in
20
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
POLICIES AND RURAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMES IN INDIA M.Saravara Kumari Research Scholar Dept of Political Science and Public Administration S.V.University , Tirupati
Dr.B.Penchalaiah Dept of Sociology S.V. University Tirupati
Introduction: India is the world's most populous country only next to China. The problem of population explosion has taken a serious turn in India and the country is obviously over-populated. The beautiful population is triggered by poverty which is a degrading experience. Rightly, poverty has long been considered a challenge facing India i.e. still million of Indian is poor. The Government's policy and programmes have laid emphasis on poverty alleviation, generation of employment and income opportunities and provision of infrastructure and basic infrastructural facilities to meet the needs of rural poor The Ministry of Rural Development (MORD) has been implementing various Policies, Programmes and schemes for employment generation, infrastructural development, access to basic facilities and social assistance in rural areas. The rural economy, as much as urban economy, is an integrated part of the overall Indian economy. Any talk of overall development without rural development, particularly in a country where three-quarters of people below the poverty line reside in rural areas, is flawed. Poverty is indeed a global issue. Its eradication is considered integral to humanity’s quest for sustainable development. Reduction of poverty in India is, therefore, vital for the attainment of international goals and objectives. Poverty alleviation has been one of the guiding principles of the planning process in India. This can be substantiated by the fact that anti-poverty programs have been internalized in the (particularly the www.ijmer.in
21
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
ninth) five-year plan. This article sheds light on the various “strategies and programs” that form the instruments of the plan. However, various ministries in the central government are engaged directly or indirectly for implementation of many programmes and schemes for the development of rural areas like Ministries of Agriculture, Health and Family Welfare, New and Renewable Energy, Science and Technology, Women and Child Development and Tribal affairs etc. In addition, to strengthen the grass root level democracy, the Government is constantly endeavoring to empower Panchayat Raj Institutions in terms of functions, powers and finance. Grama Sabha, NGOs, Self-Help Groups and PRIs have been accorded adequate roles to make participatory democracy meaningful and effective. District Rural Development Agency (DRDA) has traditionally been the principal organ at the District level to oversee the implementation of the anti-poverty programmes of the Ministry of Rural Development. Created originally for implementation of Integrated Rural Development Programme (IRDP), the DRDAs were subsequently entrusted with a number of programmes, both of the Central and State Governments. Since inception, the administrative costs of the DRDA (District Rural Development Agency) were met by setting aside a part of the allocations for each programme. Of late, the number of programmes had increased and several programmes have been restructured with a view to making them more effective. While an indicative staffing structure was provided to the DRDAs, experience showed that there was no uniformity in the staffing structure. It is in this context that a new centrally sponsored scheme - DRDA Administration - has been introduced from 1st April, 1999 based on the recommendations of an inter-ministerial committee known as Shankar Committee. The new scheme replaces the earlier practice of allocating percentage of programme funds to the administrative costs.
www.ijmer.in
22
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Objective: The objective of the scheme of DRDA (District Rural Development Agency) Administration is to strengthen the DRDAs and to make them more professional and effective. Under the scheme, DRDA is visualized as specialized agency capable of implementing and managing anti-poverty programmes of the Ministry on the one hand and effectively relate these to the overall efforts of poverty eradication in the district by providing employment opportunities on the other. Funding: The funding pattern of the programme will be in the ratio of 75:25 between the Centre and the States. Strategy: The DRDA will continue to watch over and ensure effective utilization of the funds intended for anti-poverty programmes. It will need to develop distinctive capabilities for poverty eradication. It will perform tasks which are different from Panchayati Raj Institutions and line departments. The DRDAs would deal only with the anti-poverty programmes of the Ministry of Rural Development. If DRDAs are to be entrusted with programmes of other Ministries or those of the State Governments, it must be ensured that these have a definite antipoverty focus. In respect of such States where DRDA does not have a separate identity and separate accounts. Mahatma Gandi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA) is a rights — based wage employment programme implemented in rural areas of the country. It aims at enhancing livelihood security by providing up to 100 days of guaranteed wage employment in a financial year to every rural household whose adult members volunteer to do unskilled manual work at their native and local areas. National Rural Livelihood Mission (NRLM) Seeks to reach out to all rural poor households in the country estimated at 8-10 crore and organize them into SHG and federations at village and higher levels by 2021-22. While doing so, NRLM ensures adequate coverage of all www.ijmer.in
23
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
vulnerable groups of rural society, identified through participatory process and approved by Gram Sabha. Deen Dayal Upadhyaya Grameen Kaushalya Yojana (DDUGKY) is refocusing and reprioritizing NRLM's skilling component so as to build the capacity of rural poor youth to address the needs of both national and global skill requirements. It will enhance their skills to get better position and individual development at grass root level. Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana (PMGSY) Assists the States with the objective to provide connectivity to eligible unconnected habitations as per Core-Network with population of 500 persons as per 2001 Census and above in plain areas and in difficult areas 250 persons and above. The programme envisages single all weather connectivity. Indira Awaas Yojana (IAY) aims to provide assistance to the BPL families who are either houseless or having inadequate housing facilities' for constructing a safe and durable shelter. National Social Assistance programme (NSAP) provide assistance to poor BPL households for the aged, widows, disabled and also include provision for one time assistance in the case of death of primary bread winner in a BPL family. Sansad Adarsh Gram Yojana (SAGY) announced on October 11, 2014 focuses on integrated and holistic development of villages to enable them as models for other villages to emulate. Integrated Watershed Development Programme (IWDP) aims for the development of rain fed/degraded areas including wasteland. Government Approaches towards Rural Employment generation: In the context of planning in India, the issue of employment has always assumed critical significance as. Employment generation in rural India has been a recurring theme in India's development plans and a constant pre-occupation with policy makers. Addressing social exclusion, especially providing employment opportunities to disadvantaged groups living in the www.ijmer.in
24
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
interior rural parts of the country, has been the major motivating factor for the large-scale employment generation programmes and government sponsored vocational training schemes. Economic policies were re-designed for which the mandate was spelt out the Five Year Plans. It was during the Fifth Five Year Plan that removal of unemployment and poverty alleviation was recognized as one of the principal objectives of economic planning in the country. The seventies, eighties and the nineties saw emergence of special schemes in the rural development sector such as Integrated Rural Development Programme (IRDP), National Rural Employment Program (NREP), Rural Landless Employment Guarantee Program (RLEGP), Jawahar Rozgar Yojana (JRY) etc. to tackle the problem of rural unemployment and poverty through expanding livelihood opportunities and creation of durable assets in rural areas. As a result, the seventies and eighties witnessed steady increase in employment generation, though the rate of growth of rural employment continued to somewhat lag behind that of the growth of the labour force all along. During the Tenth Five-Year plan the employment strategies mainly focused on the labour-intensive sectors of the economy. Labour policy, including skill development and social security, remains concentrated in the organized sector which constitutes only a small portion of the total labour force. So further efforts were needed to promote vocational training schemes, entrepreneurial activity, occupational safety and healthy and social security of workers. The employment generation strategy followed by the Eleventh Five Year Plan has also envisaged reduction. Some government schemes related to rural employment include:
www.ijmer.in
25
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
National Rural Employment Programme (NREP) (1980): launched to use unemployed and underemployed workers to build community assets.Rural Landless Employment Guarantee Programme (RLEGP) (1983): launched to provide 100 days of guaranteed employment to one member from each rural, landless household. Jawahar Rozgar Yojana (JRY) (1989): The Programme aims to alleviate poverty through creating supplementary employment opportunities for rural poor during agricultural recess period. Another objective of the scheme was to create social assets such as road, schools and other infrastructure development. By merging the NREP and RLEP, the Jawahar Rozgar Yojana (JRY) was launched in 1989. For the first time funds for implementation of the programme were directly disbursed to the village institutions. After few years of its initiation — political indifference the irregular fund flow created problems in implementation on the ground grassroots level resulting in a limited impact on rural employment generation. Employment Assurance Scheme (EAS) (1993): launched to provide employment during the lean agricultural season. The primary objective of the EAS is creation of additional wage employment opportunities during the period of acute shortage of wage employment through manual work for the rural poor living below the poverty line. The EAS also aims at creation of durable community, social and economic assets for sustained employment and development. But in the year 1993, when employment Assurance Scheme (EAS) was introduced, the centralized fund-disbursement trend was followed, ignoring the essence of bottom-up approach in planning and implementation of rural employment programme as a result EAS showed its limitation on expansion of rural livelihood opportunities. In 2002, JRY and EAS were merged into Sampoorna Grameen Rozgar Yogana (SGRY). www.ijmer.in
26
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Jawahar Gram Samridhi Yojana (JGSY) (1999) : The primary objective of JGSY is to create demand driven community village infrastructure including durable assets at village level and skills to enable the rural poor to increase the opportunities for sustained employment. It also aims to generate supplementary employment for the unemployed poor in the rural areas. Swarna
Jayanti
Gram
Swarozgar
Yojana
(1999):
Swarnajayanti. Gram Swarozgar Yojana was launched during the year 1999-2000. This Yojana is a holistic package covering all aspects of self employment such as organization of poor into self help groups, training, credit, technology, infrastructure and marketing. The beneficiaries under this scheme are called as "Swarozgaries". This scheme is a credit-cum-subsidy programme. Subsidy under SGSY is uniform at 30 percent of the project cost subject to a maximum limit of Rs. 7, 500/-. In respect of SCs/STs and disabled persons, subsidy has been fixed 50 percent or maximum ceiling of Rs. 10,000/- respectively. For groups of Swarozgaries (SHGs), the subsidy is 50 per cent of the project cost, subject to per capita subsidy of Rs. 10,000 or Rs. 1.25 lakh whichever is less. SGSY will particularly focus on the vulnerable groups among the rural poor. This scheme is being implemented by Central and State Governments on 75:25 cost sharing basis. Sampoorna Grameena Rozgar Yojana (SGRY) (2001): launched, merging EAS and JGSY. The programme aims at providing wage earners,non-agricultural unskilled wage earners, marginal farmers, women, members of Scheduled Castes/ Scheduled Tribes, parents of child labour withdrawn from hazardous occupations, parents of handicapped
children
or
adults
with
handicapped
parents.The
programme is implemented through the Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs). www.ijmer.in
27
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
National Food for Work Programme (NFWP) (2004): After two years, in 2004, the National Food for Work Programme (NFWP) was launched with an exclusive focus on the 150 identified backward districts. This programme was launched to generate additional supplementary wage employment and create assets. It also aimed to ensure a minimum level of employment and incomes to the poor, give the poor an opportunity to develop their collective strength, improve their economic position, reduce their vulnerability, discourage migration and provide access to,health, education and welfare services in the villages. National
Rural
Employment
Guarantee
Scheme
(NREGS) (2006): Launched to provide 100 days of guaranteed employment to one member from each rural household and create community assets'. Prime
Minister
Rural
Employment
Generation
Programme (2008): The Objective of the programme is to generate employment opportunities in rural as well as urban areas through setting up of new self-employment ventures/projects/micro enterprises. The programme was launched on 15th August, 2008 to empower the first generation entrepreneurs to set up micro enterprises. The Scheme is formulated by merging Prime Minister's RojgarYojana (PMRY) and Rural Employment Generation Programme (REGP). Eligibility conditions of Beneficiaries: (1) Individual above 18 years of age setting up new projects, (2) Institutions registered under societies Registration Act, Specified Institutions, Societies Registration Act, Specified Institutions, Societies and Charitable Trusts. (3) Self Help Groups which have not availed benefits under any other Scheme. (4) Only one person from one family eligible. The 'family' includes self and spouse. There is no ceiling on income. (5) The www.ijmer.in
28
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
applicant should have passed at least VIII standard for setting up of project above 10 lakh in the manufacturing sector and above 5 lakh in the business / service sector (6) only new projects for activities excluding the negative list of village industries notified are eligible for assistance under the Scheme. Existing units which have already availed subsidy under any other scheme are not eligible. MGNREGA (2009): Despite decades of planned development and poverty eradication programs at the national and state levels, poverty continues to persist in India. The National Rural Employment Guarantee ACT (NREGA) has been a subject of lively debate. The Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA) aims at . Enhancing the livelihood security of people in rural areas by guaranteeing hundred days of wage-employment in a financial year to a rural household who volunteer to do unskilled manual work. The National Rural Employment Guarantee Act was approved by the Indian Parliament in September 2005. This Act Started functioning from 2nd February, 2006. Initially it was introduced in 200 districts of the country and later extended to another 130 districts in 2007-08. By 1st April 2008, it was further extended to 593 districts covering 4, 49, 40, 870 rural households, NREGA is renamed as 'Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act' on 2-10-2009. The main aim of this Act is to enhance the purchasing power of rural people. 1952: Community Development Programme (CDP) development of rural areas and people’s participation.
overall
1960-61: Intensive Agriculture Development program (IADP) To provide loan for seeds and fertilizers to farmers 1964-65: Intensive Agriculture Area programme (IAAP) To develop special harvest in agriculture area.
www.ijmer.in
29
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
1965: Credit Authorization Scheme (CAS) Involved qualitative credit control of reserve bank of India 1966-67: High yielding variety programme (HYVP) To increase the productivity of food grains by adopting latest varieties of inputs of crops. 1966-67: Green Revolution: To Increase productivity. Confined to wheat production. 1969: Rural Electrification Corporation To provide electricity in rural areas 1972: Scheme of Discriminatory Interest Rate To provide loan to the weaker sections of society at a concessional interest rate of 4% 1972-73: Accelerated rural water Supply Programme (ARWSP) Providing drinking water in villages .1973: Drought Prone Area Programme: Protection from drought by achieving environment balance and by developing ground water .1973: Crash Scheme for Rural Employment CSRE For rural employment. 1973-74: Marginal Farmer and Agriculture Labor Agency (MFALA) Technical & financial assistance to marginal farmers 1974-75: Small Farmer Development Scheme SFDS Technical & financial assistance to small farmers 1975: Command Area Development Programme: (CADP) Better utilization of irrigational capacities.1975: Twenty Point Programme ( TPP) Poverty eradication and an overall objective of raising the level living 1977: National Institution of Rural Development Training, investigation and advisory for rural development.1977-78: Desert Development Programme: (DDP) To control the desert expansion by maintaining environment balance 1977-78: Food For Work Programme: providing food grains to labor 1977-78: Antyodaya Yojna : Scheme of Rajasthan, providing economic assistance to poorest families
www.ijmer.in
30
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
1979: Training Rural Youth for Self Employment TRYSEM (launched on 15th August) educational and vocational training 1980: Integrated Rural Development Programme :IRDP (launched on October 2, 1980) overall development of rural poor 1980 : National Rural Development manforce
programme
NREP
employment
for
rural
1982: Development of Women & Children in Rural Areas (DWCRA) sustainable opportunities of self employment to the women belonging to the rural families who are living below the poverty line. 1983: Rural Landless Employment Guarantee Programme (RLEGP) (Launched on August 15) employment to landless farmers and laborers 1983-84: Farmers Agriculture Service Centers FASCs Tell the people use of improved instruments of agriculture 1984 : National Fund for Rural Development : To grant 100% tax rebate to donors and also to provide financial assistance for rural development projects 1985: Comprehensive Crop Insurance Scheme: Crop Insurance 1986: Council of Advancement of People’s Action & Rural Technology (CAPART) Assistance to rural people 1986: Self Employment Programme for the Poor SEPUP Self employment through credit and subsidy 1986: National Drinking Water Mission: For rural drinking water renamed and upgraded to Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water Mission in 1991. 1988: Service Area Account Rural Credit 1989: Jawahar Rozgar Yojna : JRY Employment to rural unemployed 1989: Nehru Rozgar Yojna NRY Employment to Urban unemployed 1990: Agriculture & Rural Debt Relief Scheme: ARDRS Exempt Bank loans up to Rs. 10000 for rural artisans and weavers www.ijmer.in
31
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
1990: Scheme for Urban Micro Enterprises SUME Assist urban small entrepreneurs 1990: Scheme of Urban wage Employment SUWE Scheme for urban poor’s 1990: Scheme of Housing and Shelter Upgradation (SHASU) providing employment by shelter Upgradation 1991: National Housing Bank Voluntary Deposit Scheme Using black money by constructing low cost housing for the poor. 1992: National Renewal Fund This scheme was for the employees of the public sector 1993: Employment Assurance Scheme (EAS) (Launched on October, 2) Employment of at least 100 days in a year in villages 1993: Members of parliament Local Area Development Scheme MPLADS (December 23, 1993) Sanctioned 1 crore per year for development works 1994: Scheme for Infrastructural Development in Mega Cities : SIDMC Water supply, sewage, drainage, urban transportation, land development and improvement slums projects in metro cities 1993: District Rural Development Agency DRDA Financial assistance to rural people by district level authority 1993 : Mahila Samridhi Yojna (October 2, 1993) Encourage rural women to deposit in Post office schems 1994: Child labor Eradication Scheme Shift child labour from hazardous industries to schools 1995:
prime
Minister
Integrated
Urban
Poverty
Eradication
programme PMIUPEP To eradicate urban poverty 1995: Mid day Meal Scheme: Nutrition to students in primary schools to improve enrolment, retention and attendence 1996: Group Life Insurance Scheme for Rural Areas Insurance in rural area for low premium 1995: national Social Assistance programme: Assist BPL people. 1997-98; Ganga Kalyan Yojna Provide financial assistance to farmers for exploring ground water resources www.ijmer.in
32
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
1997 Kastoorba Gandhi Education Scheme: (15 August 1997) Establish girls schools in low female literacy areas (district level) 1997: Swaran Jayanthy Shahari Rojgar Yojna: Urban employment 1998: Bhagya Shree Bal Kalyan Policy Upliftment of female childs March 1999: Annapurna Yojna 10 kgs food grains to elderly people April 1999: Swaran Jayanthi Gram Swarojgar Yojna Self employment in rural areas April 1999: Jawahar Gram Samriddhi Yojna Village infrastructure August 2000 : Jan Shree Bima Yojna Insurance for BPL people 2000: Pradhan Mantri Gramodaya Yojna Basic needs of rural people December 25, 2000 : Antyodaya Anna Yojna To provide food security to poor December 25, 2000: Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojna: Connect all villages with nearest pukka road. September 2001: Sampoorna Grameen Rozgar Yojna Employment and food security to rural people December 2001: Valmiki Ambedkar Awas Yojna VAMBAY Slum houses in urban areas 2003: Universal health Insurance Scheme: Health insurance for Rural people 2004: Vande mataram Scheme VMS Initiative of public Private partnership during pregnecy check up. 2004: National Food for Work programme Supplementary wage as foodgrains for work 2004: Kastoorba Gandhi Balika Vidyalaya Setting up residential schools at upper primary levels for girls belonging to predominantly OBC, SC & ST www.ijmer.in
33
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
2005: Janani Suraksha Yojna Providing care to pregnant women 2005, Dec. 16 : Bharat Nirman Development of India through irrigation, Water supply, Housing, Road, Telephone and electricity 2005: National Rural Health Mission: Accessible, affordable, accountable, quality health services to the poorest of the poor on remotest areas of the country. 2005: Rajeev Gandhi Grameen Vidyuti Karan Yojna: Extending electrification of all villages and habitations and ensuring electricity to every household. 2005: Jawahar Lal Nehru national Urban Renewal Mission: (JNNURM) Click here to read more 2006: February 2: National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme NREGS 100 days wage employment for development works in rural areas. 2007: Rastriya Swasthya Bima Yojna : Health insurance to all workers in unorganized area below poverty line. 2007: Aam Aadmi Bima Yojna Insurance cover to the head of the family of rural landless households in the country. 2009: Rajiv Awas Yojna to make India slum free in 5 years which scheme merged with which? National Food for Work program was merged with NREGA Sampoorna Grameen Rojgar Yojna merged with NREGA Intesified Jawhar Rozgar Yojna 1993 was merged with Employment Assurance Scheme 1996 which was later merged with Sampoorna grameen Rozgar Yojna 2001. IRDP , TRYSEM, DWCRA, Million Wells Scheme, SITRA & Ganga kalian Yojna merged with Swaran jayanti Gram Swarojgar Yojna. Rural Landless Employment Guarantee programme merged with Jawahar Rojgar Yojna which was replaced by Jawahar Gram Samridhi Yojna (1999) and Jawahar Gram Samridhi Yojna was merged with Sampoorna grameen Rojgar Yojna (2001)
www.ijmer.in
34
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Conclusion The entire comprehensive poverty eradication programmes implemented by Government however, have two different objectives viz. creation of self- employment and wage-employment in rural area and food security to the rural people. But the major problem of these programmes is to organize public works to create durable assets by assigning them to contractors. The contractors recruit the labourers at low wage, complete the work in short-period arid maximizes their profits. But the solution to the rural poverty will require that the small farmers must be also given an access to land augmenting innovation along with programme of well conceived public works. In addition, the rural industrialization with labour-intensive technique should also be taken seriously for alleviation of rural poverty. As suggested by the former President Dr. APJ Abdul Kalam, "Providing Urban Amenities in Rural Areas (PURA) programme needs to be implemented to create new growth centers to take up investments in dairying and animal husbandry, poultry farming, fishing, forestry, goatry, small scale and cottage industries etc". Encouragement of minor irrigation, creation of self-employment opportunities and development of education facilities in rural areas programmes will definitely help to eradicate the rural poverty. Although these measures have been successful (to some extent) in curbing poverty, this model has a very basic flaw. Under this model resources are transferred from urban economy to rural economy just for short term political motives. This is affecting both areas, not letting rural economy develop on its own and hampering growth and investments in urban economy. An ideal approach should include the government, panchayats and key village personals, NGOs and private companies. This will not only help reduce this imbalance but will have a multiplier effect on the overall economy. By aligning the goals of the
www.ijmer.in
35
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
two parts we can convert this seemingly zero sum game into a win-win situation. It would be a very long drawn and difficult battle with conventions but the reward is worth the effort. References: 1. Dr. Mahipal "Innovations and Rural Development concept and Application", kurukshetra, Vol 63, No.11, September, 2015, Ministry of I & B, GOI, New Delhi. 2. G.C.Swain & C.R. Prasad Swain "Plan-Wise RWEP — an overview " Third concept, September 2015, New Delhi. 3. Arpita Sharma, "Government initiatives in Rural Employment", KURUKSHETRA, Vol.61, No.4, February 2013, Publications Division, Ministry of I & B, GoI, New Delhi. 4. Dr. I Subramanyam, "Rural Poverty in India and Remedial measures", Poverty trends and challenges, Edited by Dr. T. Sankaraiah, Discountry Publishing House, 2011, New Delhi. 5. Ministry of rural development, Govt. of India, Chapter VIIRural Development, pp. 88-99. 6. Planning Commission, Govt. of India, Eleventh five year plan (2007-2012) Vol. I, Inclusive growth. 7. Overview of the National Conference of Ministers of State Governments of Rural Development, Panchayati Raj and Rural Roads, 27-28 January, 2003, New Delhi
www.ijmer.in
36
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
A STUDY ON RECRUITMENT AND SELECTION PROCESS WITH REFERENCE TO HINDU TEMPLES IN VISAKHAPATNAM, AP, SOUTH INDIA M.Vijaya Prasad Research Scholar DCMS, Andhra University,Visakhapatnam
M.V.S.Mindira Research Scholar DCMS, Andhra University,Visakhapatnam
M.S.Sukumar Research Scholar DCMS, Andhra University,Visakhapatnam Abstract In this research paper, study has been made about recruitment and selection process of Hindu Temples in Visakhapatnam District of Andhra Pradesh. Efficient recruitment and selection strategies result in improved temples outcomes. While the demand for large number of employees is steadily increasing in the Department to cater to the Administrative and Religious needs of the Temples across the State, the supply is very paltry. As there has been dearth of the qualified employees, the Department had to engage the employees on Contractual / Outsourcing basis, who do not have exposure to the functional dynamics of theEndowments Department. Further the employees taken into the regular service on compassionate grounds are also to be properly oriented on the functioning of the Department. Such employees are novices who have to be trained for their efficient discharge of their duties. The main objective of this paper is to identify general practices that temples use to recruit and select employees .The study also focus its attention o to determine how the recruitment and selection practices of Temple staff affect the temples outcomes and provide some suggestions that can help to different temples in Visakhapatnam Dist. The data was collected through well structured Questionnaire. The source of data was both primary and secondary and www.ijmer.in
37
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
the Sample size will be. Data analysis will be done with statistical tools like tables, graphs, pie charts, bar diagrams etc. Key Words: Experience, qualification, recruitment, selection, written test, group discussion, interview, reference, growth ,formal interview, structured interview, job security, decent salary etc. 1. INTRODUCTION Recruitment and selection are two important functions of human resource management. Technically speaking the function of recruitment precedes the selection function. it includes finding, developing prospective employees and attracting them to apply for jobs in an temples. Selection is the process of finding out the most suitable candidate to the job. Recruitment is the first stage in the process which continues with selection and ends with the placement of candidate. Recruitment facilitates in acquiring the number and the types of People necessary to ensure continued operations of the temples .Recruitment is finding the potential applicants for actual or anticipated org vacancies thus, it acts as link in bringing together the people with jobs and those seating jobs. The purpose of recruitment is to identify suitable man power to meet the job requirements and job specifications It is the most Important function of personnel administration on the other hand selection is concerned with securing right information about the applicant. The object of selection process is to determine whether the prospective candidate possesses the qualification for the specific job it is a long process. Starts from the interview and ends with the contract of employment. According to the Business Dictionary Employee selection as the “process of interviewing and evaluating candidates for a specific job and selecting an individual for employment based on certain criteria.” Selection is defined as the process of differentiating between applicants in order to identify those www.ijmer.in
38
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
with a greater likelihood of success in a job. Selection is basically picking an applicant from (a pool of applicants) who has the appropriate qualification and competency to do the job. 2. LITERATURE REVIEW Hindu Dharmika Parishad The A.P. Hindu Dharmika Parishad is the highest governing body for all matters pertaining to the administration of Hindu religious Institutionsin the state of Andhra Pradesh.The A.P.Hindu Dharmika Parishad will supervise, guide and regulate the functioning of the Endowments Department in Andhra Pradesh. It will also advise the Government on all matters pertaining to the administration of Hindu temples and charitable trusts. Endowments Department The main goal of the endowments department is to administer and protect the Hindu Temples, Mutts, Peetams and other Charitable Institutions. Functions of Endowment Department
To administer Hindu Temples, Mutts, Peetams and other Charitable Institutions and Endowments
To ensure proper administration of these institutions and appropriating their income for which they were established.
To protect the properties of Hindu temples and other charitable Institutions.
Classification of jobs in Endowment Department The major classification of jobs in Hindu temples in Andhra Pradesh is Secular and Religion categories. The Secular Categories of Temple staff which includes
Commissioner, Dy.Commissioner, Asst. Commissioner
www.ijmer.in
39
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Superintendent
Junior/Senior Assistant
Steno
Record Assistant
Washer man
Barber
Scavenger
Home Guard etc
The Religion Categories of Temple staff which includes
Mukya Archak/Archak
Veda Pandit
Nadaswaram Artist
Dolu Artist
Sruthi Artist
Sannai Artist
Talam Artist
Parayandar
Adhyapak
Major Classification of temples according to Income levels The
Endowments
Department
has
a
3-tier
system
of
administration for temples and Charitable Institutions Classification of Institution according to Income Rs.25 Lakh and above Rs.2 Lakh to 25 Lakh Below Rs.2 Lakh
www.ijmer.in
Category 6(a) 6(b) 6(c)
Administered by Officer Commissioner Dy. Commissioner Asst. Commissioner
40
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Recruitment and Selection in temples consists of 2 major categories, one is Secular and another is Religious. Secular posts recruitment requires formal education and Religious Posts recruitment requires the specialised skills in religious acts like Archana, Parayana, Dolu, Sruthi, Sannai etc. Need of the Study In present society suffers a lot from unemployment, lack of ethical and moral values. So, It is essential for the Government tosupport for the spreading of ethical and moral values and to curb unemployment problem. In this aspect, the temples have a major role to play. The temple’s administrative mechanism should be strengthened sufficiently in terms of Religious staff and Secular staff with proper recruitment and selection with the required education and skill levels. Scope of the Study Our research study focussed on the temple’s staff and their recruitment and selection process. This study applicable to all Temple’sin AP for strengthening their human resources to deliver services with quality. This study also useful for eradication of social evils by spreading human values with religious touch and subsequently enhancement of ethical and value systems of the entire society. 2. OBJECTIVES 1) To identify the various jobs and their eligibility norms of the EndowmentDepartment. 2) To identify the process of Recruitment ad Selection in selected Temples in Visakhapatnam 3) To study the employee satisfactory level with the existing recruitment and selection Policyin Temples.
www.ijmer.in
41
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
3. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 3.1 Sample Design:
The total employees in AP Endowment department including Secular and Religious staff are 1143 as a unit of study i.e universal population.
Our sample size taken as 135 which is approximately 12% of the universe.
The Sampling technique used in this research is stratified random Sample.
The Sample design is concerned utmost care has taken to cover all categories Of temple staff including religious and secular jobs 3.2 Data Collection: Data refers to a collection of organized information, usually the results of experience, observation or experiment, or a set of premises. Temples under major category designated as 6(a) (i.e income is more than 25 lakh rupees) and these temples are headed by Commissioner rank officer. My research under study involves 6 temples data in Visakhapatnam District under this category as follows. 1. Sri Sampath Vinayaka Temple, Asilmetta, Visakhapatnam 2. Sri Nukalamma Ammavari Temple, Anakapalli 3. Sri Satyanarayana Swamy Temple, Sandhill, Visakhapatnam 4. Sri Karkachettu Polamamba Temple, Pedawaltair, Visakhapatnam 5. Sri Durgalamma Ammavari Temple, Velamapeta, Visakhapatnam 6. Sri Erukumamba Ammavari Temple, Dondaparthi, Visakhapatnam Data Sources a) Primary Data: Data collected directly from the employees of the above temples using structured questionnaires, interviews. www.ijmer.in
42
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
b) Secondary Data collected from Endowment Department Deputy Commissioner’s Office Visakhapatnam
regarding
Recruitment
and
Selection
process,
regarding various jobs eligibility norms, Endowment Portal on Website etc. 3.3. Data Analysis 3.3.1. Temples Employee Analysis: Total employees in six no. of selected temples are 96 Nos. Temple wise, Religious, Secular category wise Tabular Data Sl 1
2
3
Name of the Temple Sri Sampath Vinayaka Temple Sri Nukalamma Ammavari Temple Sri Satyanarayana Swamy Temple Sri Karkachettu Polamamba Temple Sri Durgalamma Ammavari Temple Sri Erukumamba Ammavari Temple
Place Asilmetta, Visakhapatn am Anakapalli
Sandhill, Visakhapatn am 4 Pedawaltair, Visakhapatn am 5 Velamapeta, Visakhapatn am 6 Dondaparthi , Visakhapatn am Total Employees in 6 temples
www.ijmer.in
Secular Posts 17
Religious Posts 11
Total
35
12
47
11
11
22
13
8
21
5
5
10
4
3
7
85
50
135
28
43
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Temple wise Analysis (Secular/Religious) Overall analysis (Secular/Religious) 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0
Secular Posts
Secular Posts
Religious Posts
Religious Posts
SampathVinayaka Temple consists of 17 (60.72%) secular and 11 (39.28%) religious posts.
Sri Nukalamma temples consists of 35 (74.4%) secular and 12 (25.6%) of religious post
Sri Satyanarayana temple consists of 11 (50%) secular and 11 (50%) of religious posts
Sri Karkamchettu temple consists of 13 (61.9%) secular and 8 (38.1) % of religious posts.
Sri Durgalamba temple consists of 5 (50%) secular and 5 (50%) religious posts
Sri Erukamamba temple consists of 4 (57.1%) secular posts and 42.9%) religious post
www.ijmer.in
44
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
3.3.2. Recruitment& Selection Process The religious categories of posts and the qualifications and age limits required as follows. Sl
Name of the post
Archaka
Cat ego ry/ Gra de IV
Method of Recruitmen t
Qualifications
Age
By Direct Recruitment
III
By Direct Rectt
Must have passed Archaka Pravesa Examnination conducted by Commissioner of Endowments 1)Must possess a certificate of patta in i)sukla, KrishnarYajurveda (or) ii)Mulam or samhita in Rigveda or Adharvana veda iii) Padantham with Chandogyam in Samveda issued by sabhas competent to give certificate and recognized by commissioner Duties attached to which are purely for assistance in the performing of religious worship or conduct of rituals in the sanctum and sanctorum Must be proficient in preparation of Nyvedyam and prasadam according to relevant Agama, Ampradayam Must have certificate in the Art
Must have completed 30 yrs of age and must not have completed 38 yrs Must have completed the age of 18 yrs and must not have completed 38 yrs
1 Vedaparayana dar 2
Paricharaka
By Direct rectt
Cook
By promotion from Asst. Cook By promotion
3
4 5
Dolu
www.ijmer.in
II
Must have completed the age of 18 yrs and must not be completed the age of 38 yrs --
Must have completed the age of 45
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
from thalam or by direct rectt Sruthi
By Direct rectt
Thalam
By Direct rectt
6
7 Sannayi(Nadas waram) 8
www.ijmer.in
II
Promotion of Sruti/ Direct rectt.
concerned from any institution recognized by the commissioner and must have proficiency. Preference may be given to diploma holders. Must have certificate in the Art concerned from any institution recognized by the commissioner Must have certificate in the Art concerned from any institution recognized by the commissioner Must have certificate in the Art concerned from any institution recognized by the commissioner and must have proficiency. Preference may be given to diploma holders.
18 yrs and must not completed the age of 38 yrs
be
Must have completed the age of 18 yrs and must not be completed the age of 38 yrs Must have completed the age of 18 yrs and must not be completed the age of 38 yrs Must have completed the age of 18 yrs and must not be completed the age of 38 yrs
46
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
In recruitment and Selection process of various religious posts in temples need diversified skill sets and required age between 18 years to 38 years. In case of Archaka post, the applicants should passed “ArchakaPravesa Examination” conducted by Endowment department. In the same way Vedaparayandar post, the applicants should have passed the concerned veda’s certificate of patta of Yajurveda, Rigveda,Adharvanavedaetc from Sabhas which are competent to give certificate and that must be recognized by the Endowment Commissioner. Like that Dolu, Sruthi, Thalam and Sannayi Artists posts, the applicants should have certificate of concerned art from the institution recognised by the Commissioner of Endowment department. Religious posts Sl
Name of the
Religious By direct By
Total Religious
1 2
Archaka Vedaparayanad
Rectt 5 1
3 4
Paricharaka Cook
2 2
0 3
2 5
5 6
Dolu Sruthi
3 3
0 0
3 3
7
Thalam
1
0
1
8
Nadaswaram
4
0
4
9 10
Taliya Sannai
4 6
0 0
4 6
11
Bhajan TOTAL
4 35
0 15
4 50
www.ijmer.in
tion 10 2
15 3
47
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
60 50 40 30 20 10 0
Archaka Vedaparay… Paricharaka Cook Dolu Sruthi Thalam Nadaswar… Taliya Sannai Bhajan TOTAL
Axis Title
Religious Emp. analysis
No of employees
Of overall religious employees 35 nos (70%) are Direct Recruits and 15 nos (30%)
Temples staff designation wise as follows
Direct Rectt
Promotion
Archaka
33.34
66.66
Vedaparayanadar
33.34
66.66
Paricharaka
100
0
Cook
40
60
Dolu
100
0
Sruthi
100
0
Thalam
100
0
Nadaswaram
100
0
Taliya
100
0
Sannai
100
0
Bhajan
100
0
www.ijmer.in
48
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Secular Secular
Sl
Name of the post 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Total Secular
By
By
direct
promotion
Rectt
Superintendent Sr. Asstt Jr. Asstt clerk Record Asstt. Security Guards Washer man Sweeper Electrician Scavenger Attender Barbar TOTAL
0 0 6 4 4 13 6 13 6 6 12 1 71
2 2 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 14
2 2 9 6 6 13 6 13 6 6 15 1 85
Total
Atte…
Elec…
Was…
Rec…
Jr.…
100 50 0
Sup…
Secular emp. Analysis No. of Employees
Satisfactory levels of employees
www.ijmer.in
49
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
S l
1
2
3
4
5
6
Name of the Temple
Sri Sampath Vinayaka Temple Sri Nukalamma Ammavari Temple Sri Satyanaraya na Swamy Temple Sri Karkachettu Polamamba Temple Sri Durgalamma Ammavari Temple Sri Erukumamb a Ammavari Temple Total
www.ijmer.in
Number of Secular Posts High Moderate No satisfacti satisfacti satisfacti on on on 17 10
5
2
Number of Religious Posts High Moderate No satisfacti satisfacti satisfacti on on on 11 6
35 20
10
4
5
7
5
1
5
1
3
1
4
3
1
4
4
1
9
3
14
6
7
4
8
2
27 22
3
11 21
1
11
5 1
No satisfacti on
47
8
5 3
4
Total Moderate satisfacti on 28
16
11
13 7
1
12
11 6
4
High satisfacti on
10 0
7
2
1
2
1
42
17
3
2
1
1
2
1
0
4
48
26
11
28
16
6
76
50
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Overall Temple Employee Satisfaction levels (Religious + Secular) Highly
Moderate
No satisfaction
Total
42(31%)
17(13%)
135
Satisfied 76 (56%)
Most of the employees i.e. 76 (56%) out of 135 satisfied with existing working environment and expressed their wish to continue the present system forever. But 42 (31%) employees are not much satisfied in terms of existing work culture and career prospects and 17 (13%) employees are much dissatisfied with their jobs.
www.ijmer.in
51
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Satisfaction levels in Religious temples sl
Name of the temple
Sri Sampath Vinayaka Temple
Number of Religious Posts High satisfactio n
Moderate satisfactio n
No satisfactio n
6
4
1
total
11
1
0 Sri Nukalamma Ammavari Temple
7
4
1
12
2 3
0 Sri Satyanarayana Swamy Temple
5
3
3
11 0
Sri Karkachettu Polamamba Temple
4
3
1
8
4
0 Sri Durgalamma Ammavari Temple
4
1
0
5
5
0 Sri Erukumamba Ammavari Temple
2
1
0
3
28
16
6
50
6 Total
60 50 40 30
Series1
20 10 0 Highly Satisfied
www.ijmer.in
Moderate Moderate
No satisfaction
52
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
In religious posts, out of 50 numbers of posts, 28 (56%) employees are satisfied sufficiently with the existing work culture and salary etc. But 16 (32%) employees are not much satisfied with the remarks that their skills not recognised and their timely career advancement is not in progress. Remaining 6 (12%) no of employees are much dissatisfied. Satisfaction levels in Secular sl
1
2
3
4
5
6
Name of the temple
Number of Secular Posts High
Moderate
No
total
satisfacti on
satisfacti on
satisfacti on
5
2
Sri Sampath Vinayaka Temple
10
Sri Nukalamma Ammavari Temple
20
Sri Satyanarayana Swamy Temple
6
Sri Karkachettu Polamamba Temple
7
Sri Durgalamma Ammavari Temple
3
Sri Erukumamba Ammavari Temple
2
1
1
4
48
26
11
85
Total
www.ijmer.in
17 0
10
5
35 0
4
1
11 0
5
1
13 0
1
1
5 0
53
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
In secular posts in selected temples in Visakhapatnam District consists of 85 employees, out of which 48 (56%) employees satisfied with their work culture and prospects, but 26 (31%) employees are not much satisfied with their jobs and remaining 11(13%) employees are much dissatisfied. 3.4 Findings 1. The temples as it comes under religious institutions, but their religious posts are less in number compared with secular posts and the people doesn’t aware of the types of jobs and the required qualifications for those jobs. 2. It has found that less number of persons attracted for the religious jobs in temples and especially woman employees are very less in number. 3. It has also found that skill oriented schools for religious activities are insufficient. www.ijmer.in
54
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
4. It is also unaware that all Hindu religions applicants irrespective of caste, can be applied for the religious posts if he/she may having required skills. 5. Overload observed in religious jobs due to shortage of religious staff in temples. 6. Some of the employees strongly believe that their salary package may not be at par with industry standards and they need some improvement. 3.5 Suggestions 1. The Government need to encourage youth to attract towards religious posts by establishing more number of religious institutions like Veda schools and also Institutions for imparting training on required skill sets like sannai, dolu etc. 2. The Government should create awareness that the women candidates can also eligible for religious posts and encourage them by promising growth in career and by special reservations etc to increase women employees in religious posts. 3. It is suggested that measures need to enhance the Religious staff through Direct Recruitment. 4. It is also suggested to establish one Vedic University in AP to promote Vedic education by attracting youth through various incentives/scholarships and promising career. 5. State administration need to take immediate steps to introduce ethical studies right from childhood i.e. from Primary standards to Degree level as separate compulsory subject to spread ethical values from gross root levels.
www.ijmer.in
55
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
3.6 Conclusion
In our society now-a-days increasing social evils like corruption, cheating, Smoking, drinking. These are due to decreasing the values of ethics, lack of human values etc. My research studies attempt to strengthen the Hindu temples and thereby transforming our society It’s now high time to spread and protect our traditional values and ethics. My research studies also attempt to spread moral values in our society. My research studies also concentrate on unemployed youth and attempted to provide feasible solution to unemployment by attracting them through various incentives and promising career in religious posts.
www.ijmer.in
56
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OFMULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH ISSN: 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR –3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
WOMEN CULINARY ENTREPRENEURS’ CONSISTENCY IN PROMOTING THE LOCAL CUISINE IN SUPPORT OF TOURISM IN BALI Putu Sucita Yanthy Udayana University Bali, Indonesia Introduction Bali is a tourist destination that has always been a main destination for tourists from all over the world to visit for its natural and cultural appeal. In recent years, precisely since the 2000s, the Island of the Gods, as it is often called, has become popular for its special culinary treats such as babi guling (suckling pig) and organic food. The local culinary scene has become increasingly vibrant since warungs (small, simple traditional eateries where people can get cheap meals) and restaurants that list some local dishes in their menus started to spring up, which attract tourists. In the context of tourism, the growth of the culinary scene in Bali is caused by the travelers’ motivation of wanting to experience local food. This motivation comes from the needs of the tourists for food and drinks as basic needs during their stay, only now there has been a shift in that food has become part of people’s lifestyle, and as such the change has encouraged the tourist destinations including Bali to meet these needs through promoting the local cuisine as a means to attract visitors. Likewise, the growing number of millennial travelers, according to the annual report by Skift (2015), is the main factor that increases visits to destinations that feature the best local culinary treasures. Millenial travelers prefer to plan their travel without the help of travel agents, and prefer to arrange their trips themselves and seek to have an authentic culinary experience at each destination they visit. Millennial travelers are the type of travelers that value happiness, diversity, and exploring the place they visit. They want to spend time in www.ijmer.in
57
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OFMULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH ISSN: 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR –3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
tourist destinations behaving like the local people and they like to share their experiences through the social media and seek travel recommendations from the official websites that have frequents posts about traveling. This type of travelers like to be the first to share information about destinations that are not known by many; they share the experience as if they were the local people. Then, the juicy part of the information is the culinary secrets of each destination that they have visited such as the best restaurants in their opinion, most likely the ones that other people have very little information about. This type of travelers are very concerned with the originality of the information they share. This shift in the tourists’ interest is predicted to continue until 2020 and it will be a trend and a market segment for the tourism industry (OCTA, Skift, 2015: 20). When it comes to food and beverage, milennials are not just interested in the small boutique cafes and restaurants that locals frequent. They want to understand the entire story telling surrounding the experience, because milennials tend to be more mindful about their travel choice as they relate to a particular community (OCTA,Skift, 2015:20). The above opinion from the report The Rise of Food Tourism by OCTA and Skift confirms that in addition to having interest in food, millennial travelers are also interested in the knowledge about the food that they enjoy. The social media also make it easy for travelers to enjoy pictures of local food, and visually these pictures will arouse their curiosity about the food or drink. Social media like Instagram and food blogs that cover local food play a very important role in attracting tourists, and the tourist visits to enjoy the local food will eventually be able to be detected and the culinary attraction can be one strong indicator to support tourism in Bali. Four food bloggers are known to actively expose the local cuisine in Bali, they are Epicurina, Delicious Food, Food in Frame, and Bali Kalap Makan. www.ijmer.in
58
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OFMULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH ISSN: 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR –3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Balinese food popularity has gained more attention from travelers, and legendary and popular warungs have become increasingly sought after by travelers. They seek not only information about the warungs but also the people behind the success of the warungs. In this study, eight warungs with female owners have been picked to be the objects of the research. Some of the warungs are named after the owners, making them sound very unique to travelers. They are Made Masih, Anak Agung Oka Sinar, Janet deNefee, Kadek Nilawati, Ni Wayan Murni, Sang Ayu Putu Wija, Made Weti, and Ni Ketut Tjuki, eight women entrepreneurs, some of whom are also pioneers of tourism in Bali. Through the business that they manage, Balinese food becomes popular although ways of promoting it are still very traditional, namely by making an approach to the tourists. This approach is intended for them to gain feedback from consumers and then analyze the strength and weaknesses of the menus offered. Methodology The purpose of this research is to discuss the consistency of women culinary entrepreneurs in popularizing Balinese cuisine through the business that they have run for decades. This research was conducted in three tourist areas in Bali, namely Ubud, Sanur and Kuta. These three areas have been selected because of the good development of tourism taking place there, characterized by culinary activities where a number of warungs and businesses engaged in food services are present, as well as the traditional dishes that can be found only in these three places respectively. It is in these three areas that the subjects of this research run and develop their warung and restaurant business. In the area of Ubud the locations for the research are Warung Murni in Campuan, Warung Nasi Ayam Kedewatan Ibu Mangku on Jl Raya Kedewatan, Warung Bodag Meliah (Sari Organik) in Subak Sok Wayah, Warung Babi Guling Oka on Jln Raya Teges, and Casa Luna and Indus www.ijmer.in
59
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OFMULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH ISSN: 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR –3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Restaurant. In Kuta area, the location of the research is Warung Made and in the area of Sanur the locations are Warung Men Weti and Mak Beng. In the data collection process, the data were collected through interviews with the women culinary enterpreneurs who are also involved in tourism in Bali. Their warungs can be categorized as legendary eateries, such as warung Mak Beng which was established in 1940 and Warung Babi Guling Oka in 1960, as warungs that serve signature food of Bali. On the other hand, they also have several popular items on their menu such as organic food in Warung Bodag Meliah and fushion food in Casa Luna Restaurant, which attract travelers who want to experience local and global food. Nasi Ayam Kedewatan which was established in 1965 serves the universal nasi campur (white rice with various dishes). Warung Made was established in 1969 and is the pioneer of warung style eateries in Kuta Area. Warung Murni which was established in 1974 is also known as the first warung that rises to international standards. This research is descriptive qualitative, in which the researchers tried to probe into the life and the journey of these eight culinary heroines by doing interviews with the research subjects. The first step is conducting obeservation on these eight Balinese women enterpreneurs and the second step is doing an in-depth interview with each of them. Discussion Culinary activities play a significant role in setting Bali tourism in motion. Culinary businesses specialized in the provision of food-related services and products and beverages are very easy to find. Culinary activities also encourage the emergence of tourist attractions such as food festivals, cultural and agricultural festivals, cooking demonstrations, culinary events, and all food-related activities that can potentially be tourist attractions. Some food festivals that have been held in Bali are Ubud Food Festival 2015, Denpasar Festival www.ijmer.in
60
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OFMULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH ISSN: 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR –3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
which has been held every year end since 2008 and has always invited babi guling vendors to join, Festival Bali Guling Gianyar (suckling pig festival in Gianyar) on the celebration of the anniversary of the city of Gianyar, and also a suckling pig festival on the celebration of the anniversary of the Denpasar Municipality. In Karang Asem, precisely in Timrah Village, the Usaba Gumang celebration is also synonymous with the serving of Babi Guling in a festive manner. The suckling pigs can amount to up to 800 pigs and they are lined up at the temple. This ceremonial procession can be a very unique appeal when packaged as a tourist attraction (iwbdenpasar.2009). Most of the menu items are born of the women entrepreneurs’ creativity while the originality of the dishes and their taste are still preserved. Warung Babi Guling Oka, for example, adds a vegetable soup item to the babi guling menu, in anticipation of visitors who can not eat the lawar dishes. Warung Bodag Meliah even makes frequent changes to the menu, keeping up with the availability of raw ingredients that are grown in Kebun Sari Organic Farm. Only Mak Beng, Men Weti, Ayam Kedewatan and Babi Guling Oka that do not add anything else to their product because they want to preserve their distinctive characteristics. Initially, the menu items of the warungs and restaurants were introduced by word of mouth, which means that the information about the warungs and restaurants was received from friends who had visited the place. Currently, information can be found on the social media such as Facebook, and official websites are also available, featuring photos and information uploaded through social media. Through exploring their internet, it is found that Warung Made, Warung Murni, and Casa Luna/Indus consistently use their official websites and Facebook to share information about their menu, the history of the establishment, and the features that provide information on the warungs and restaurants. Men Weti, Bu Mangku Kedewatan, www.ijmer.in
61
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OFMULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH ISSN: 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR –3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Mak Beng, Bodag Meliah, and Babi Guling Oka are not very active in using social media. All eight warungs which are the objects of this research are also listed on Trip Advisor displaying reviews by the visitors of the warungs and restaurants. In most businesses, branding or recognition of a brand is done through advertising. Warung Made does not advertise itself very much. “Our branding is done through our customers, newspapers, magazines and interviews that helped us turn Warung Made into a brand. However, the most important thing is our customers. They help make our name a brand, and now we are well known in Indonesia and many other countries” (Made Masih in Branding Seminar October 1, 2015). What Made Masih has stated is nearly the same with what is said by Agung Rai, the manager of Warung Bodag Meliah, that they did not have any special strategy in introducing Balinese food. However, it cannot be denied that the development of the Internet worldwide has also affected the marketing system for various types of industries including tourism. At the beginning, the promotional activities only consisted of good words circulating about the warung. Today, the successor of Mak Beng, for instance, often uploads the activities of the warung on his personal account, for example when there has been a culinary coverage of Mak Beng by several national TV stations. Men Weti also has a twitter account to which she uploads the latest information about the warung, especially information about the opening or closing time. Warung Made also does the same thing, but even better because they have administrative personnel who respond to the comments made by the visitors, information is often updated especially on entertainments available every week at Warung Made. Warung Murni and Casa Luna/Indus makes better use of their websites that are directly linked to other features, so in addition to culinary information visitors can
www.ijmer.in
62
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OFMULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH ISSN: 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR –3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
also find information about what Mrs. Murni and Janet deNefee are currently working on. Warung Bodag Meliah, Warung Babi Guling Oka, and Warung Nasi Ayam Kedewatan have not indicated any use of social media, even though one can find Facebook accounts using the name of each warung as they have been created by the users to facilitate the needs of the culinary enthusiasts who want to share their experience visiting the warungs. The owners themselves are not involved in managing these accounts. The three warungs join the Indonesian Restaurant Fanpage for restaurants in Ubud area. In addition to intensive promotion, the main thing that has become the strength of the women culinary entrepreneurs in promoting local cuisine is their consistency in preserving the flavor and originality of the food. Based on this, an important contribution made by the women culinary entrepreneurs in promoting Balinese food is their consistency and commitment to continue to introduce local food and to create dishes that contain the elements of Balinese culture, even from when the food is processed until it is presented, so that the tourists get a good insight of Balinese food. The owners remain consistent in preserving the taste by preparing the ingredients and process them themselves in order to keep the confidentiality of recipes and flavors. Mr. Dodit, the manager of Mak Beng said: For the sambal (chili paste), I make it myself, while the staff usually only prepare the ingredients. I am the one who knows the quantity of all ingredients, so for now the recipe of Mak Beng’s special sambal is still kept a secret (Interview on January 7, 2016). That is unlike Nilawati, who teaches all techniques of processing the ingredients to her employees. Mrs. Nila stated as follows: www.ijmer.in
63
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OFMULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH ISSN: 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR –3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
I do not wish to keep the knowledge to myself, everything that I know I share with my employees. I teach them all kinds of things and that is not for my interest but for their good (Interview on August 21, 2015). Nilawati indeed imparts her skills to her staff and employees out of her desire to better develop organic farming and the processing of organic ingredients in the hope that her staff understand organic agriculture so that their skills and knowledge can be applied on an ongoing basis in the business that she runs. Warung Nasi Ayam Kedewatan and Warung Men Weti have been consistent in preserving their universal menu consisting of nasi campur (white rice with various dishes), and likewise, Warung Babi Guling Oka has for generations served babi guling (suckling pig) in the warung, which now has three branches that are always busy. Some of the processing is still done in the traditional way, especially in order to preserve the original taste of the food. Warung Babi Guling Oka, for example, has been consistent in their use of firewood using coffee twigs to create a unique flavor in the babi guling dishes. The women culinary entrepreneurs’ consistency can also be seen from the diversity of local dishes on the menu offered to travelers. They always strive to maintain the originality of the dishes and with their creativity the local dishes such as ayam betutu, lawar, babi guling, etc. are served with a more attractive presentation so that travelers are also motivated to taste Balinese food. For the present, the diversity of local dishes in the menu can only be found at Warung Murni, Casa Luna, Warung Bodag Meliah, and Warung Made that serves variants of local dishes at an affordable price. Travelers have the opportunity to try out new dishes created by the business owners. On the opposite side, this does not apply to Men Weti, Mak Beng, Warung Ayam Kedewatan, and Warung Babi Guling Oka, which only serve one type of main menu, as it is necessary to keep the originality of the warungs. www.ijmer.in
64
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OFMULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH ISSN: 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR –3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Besides their consistency in promoting local Balinese food, these women culinary entrepreneurs also show that the existence of warung in Balinese culinary development is essential, especially with regard to the shift in its function which affects its existence in this modern age. Spang (in Guy, 2005) has conducted a study on the change of the function of restaurants taking place up until the present to better understand the existence of restaurants in Paris that fall in the category of fine dining restaurants, defined as very formal restaurants with quality service. From interviews done with food bloggers and journalists who have visited a lot of warungs, restaurants and eateries in Bali, their own definitions of warung are shown in Table 1 as follows.
www.ijmer.in
65
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OFMULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH ISSN: 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR –3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Tabel 1 Definition of Warung No. Name
Definition of Warung
1
Bayu Yunantias Warung is a place to eat that is informal and casual in nature, it is a melting point, a Asmus gathering place that has social and food functions (Interview on 4 January 2016).
2
Dinda Paramaningtias Sudibya
3
Vina Angelina Warung sounds like a simple, cheap, populist place. Sometimes it does not feel very Hadiwidjaja Putri comfortable, but today there are plenty of places to eat using the title ‘warung’
Warung influences us in a very unique way; in a warung, visitors feel familiar, a very different place for gathering from restaurants (Interview on 3 January 2016).
which make their place look comfortable and interesting to visit (Interview on 29 December 2016). 4
I Gede Sutrisno
Eka Warung is a more traditional term for restaurants, the scope is smaller than restaurants and it sells food that is not fancy (traditional), prepared with simple processing skills (Interview on 2 January 2016).
5
Tria Nuragustina
Warung has the meaning of a simple eatery, it can be a kiosk, stall, or a street food tent, which suggests local dishes served in a populist place (Interview on 27 January 2016).
Source: Interviews 2015-2016 www.ijmer.in
66
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OFMULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH ISSN: 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR –3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
The above definitions reveal that warung is a simple eatery with local, traditional, and simple characteristics, and a gathering place where people socialize. The use of the word warung does affect the perception of the conditions and situations of the place, which is understood from the definitions given above, whereas in fact today’s warungs have gone through modifications through innovations by their owners. Warung Murni even still displays the painting of the warung when it first opened in 1974 so that all visitors know that Warung Murni in the beginning was just a simple eatery. Mrs. Made Masih and Mrs. Nila Sari still use the term warung because the word keeps the place connected with the past and also because a warung is part of the tradition of the Balinese people where they relax, interact and enjoy food and drinks. Made Masih stated: In the past, when people from Jakarta asked about what business I had, I told them that I had a warung. They said, “You mean a restaurant”, to which I said, “No,” I said, “I have a warung.” At that time, a warung was not a restaurant, the word did not have a brand yet. Now the word warung is used everywhere. Telkomsel has “wartel” (short for warung telekomunikasi, a telecommunication kiosk). Warung Made helped to make a brand of the word warung. Warung Made Kuta is now well known to foreign and local tourists. We have never put efforts to give a brand to our business. It just happened.” (Made Masih, 2 October 2015). What Made Masih has revealed above indeed emphasizes the fact that warung had a value in the past. Although her business has grown to a restaurant level, she still wants to present the authentic atmosphere of warung. This is described in the invented tradition theory of Eric Hobsbawn as a process associated with the past which continuously undergoes change in the form of innovations, which www.ijmer.in
67
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OFMULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH ISSN: 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR –3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
motivate the development of warung and its main activities. Invented can be described as a form of trust that is embedded from the past but can still be felt today as something real. An observation made on the painting entitled “The Original Warung Murni Circa Mid 1970's showing the old bridge in the foreground” awakened the image that in the past Warung Murni which is located right next to the Campuhan bridge in Ubud was just a simple warung. The panting also depicts the activities in Warung Murni. In 1992, the warung went through a major renovation but its characteristics as an eatery with a traditional feel, rather than with a modern feel, were still maintained. Warung Made in Seminyak has also undergone a similar thing. The place which was originally very simple also went through innovations, yet it still evokes the atmosphere of the past with photographs displayed by Mrs. Made. The layout of the dining tables and long benches typical of the warung heightens the atmosphere of the warung which is always busy with a lot of visitors. Similarly, in Mak Beng there is also a painting illustrating the situation of the warung in the past. Warung Bodag Meliah maintains its informal ambience by creating a cozy and earthy atmosphere for the visiting guests. Change is a dynamic thing, and it also happens in the warungs which are the objects of this research. Some of them still retain the original look of the warung when it first opened, but the majority of them have gone through changes in keeping up with the changing times. The women culinary entrepreneurs assert that the name warung is already attached to the hearts of the Balinese, but the changing times have turned the warungs into what they are now; they have been reinvented in order to be relevant to their consumers’ needs. Some of the owners also revealed that taking care of permits and taxes of a warung is not as difficult as taking care of those of a restaurant. Speaking of www.ijmer.in
68
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OFMULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH ISSN: 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR –3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
warung, there is a phenomenon observed in the field, especially with respect to the local tourists. Most of them choose to eat in a warung because restaurants sound expensive and formal, meanwhile foreign tourists do not understand the definition of warung. For the Balinese in particular, warung is a place to socialize. It can be clearly seen that the existence of warung is closely associated to the social and cultural lives of the people of Bali in particular. When one dines at a restaurant, he or she shows his/her social status, but when one visits a warung he or she regards it as a place for socializing due to its informal atmosphere, and therefore the people visiting it are more relaxed and dressed casually. Conclusion The women culinary entrepreneurs have shown their consistency in supporting tourism in Bali by introducing Bali to the tourists through food as well as maintaining the existence of warung amidst the restaurants, cafes and bars in Bali. The women culinary entrepreneurs consistently serve a menu of local culinary dishes and preserve their tastes while also using their creativity. Their consistency can also be seen from the menus in their place that list diverse local dishes offered to travelers. They always strive to preserve the originality of the dishes and put their creativity into the presentation of such local dishes as ayam betutu, lawar, and babi guling. The said menu items are presented in a more attractive manner so as to encourage travelers to try out Balinese food. Limitation This study and its findings have several limitations, as information has been collected only by means of interviews with the subjects of the research and also with food bloggers. In order to further confirm the results of this reserarch, data collected from the tourists are also needed to get insights based on their perception. Therefore, www.ijmer.in
69
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OFMULTIDISCIPLINARYEDUCATIONALRESEARCH ISSN: 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR –3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
there is an opportunity to continue the reserach by collecting data from tourists who know about the women enterpreneurs in Bali. It is expected that futher studies can be conducted to develop this research. Acknowledgement I would like to extend my deepest gratitude to the eight female culinary entrepreneurs as the subjects of this research and the food bloggers as informants in this study who were willing to provide information and permission in collecting the data needed to support this article. Reference 1. Kolleen, G. 2002. ‘Review The Invention of The Restaurant by Rebbeca L. Spang’. H-France Review Vol 2. P 462 2. OCTA, Skift. 2015. The Rise Of Food Tourism. Skift. 3. Iwbdenpasar. 2009. “Dokumentasi Usaba Gumang”, Sumber: https://iwbd enpa sar.wor dpres s.com/2009/02/28/dokumentasiusaba-gumang /comm ent-page-1/. 4. Made Masih. 2015. Interview at Warung Made 5. Anak Agung Oka Suci. 2015. Interview at Warung Babi Guling 6. Kadek Nilawati. 2015. Interview at Warung Sari Bodag Meliah 7. Agung Rai. 2015. Interview at Warung Sari Bodag Meliah 8. Agus Mahendra. 2015. Interview at Warung Mak Beng 9. Bayu Yunantias Asmus. 2016. Interview Food Blogger Epicurina 10. Dinda Paramaningtias Sudibya. 2016. Interview Food Blogger Delicousbali 11. Vina Angelina Hadiwidjaja Putri. 2016. Interview Food Blogger Balikalapmakan 12. I Gede Eka Sutrisno. 2016. Interview Food Blogger Foodinframe 13. Tria Nuragustina. 2016. Interview Journalist
www.ijmer.in
70
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
वैखानसीयं त वम ्
ु त मृ तनद पू ण शा व णुभ
N.Tanuj Vishnuvardhan Research Scholar Dept.of. Vaikhansagama S.V.Vedic University Tirupati
क लोलस कुलम ् ।
युदकं शु ं व दे ी वखनोणवम ् ।।
अथ को भव त वैखानसः ? इ त वचारे सामा यतः वयमेवं जानीमः अ टादशक पसू
णेतष ृ ु मह षणा वखनसा णीतेन क पसू ेण सं कृ ता ये भवि त ते वैखानसा
इ त , ते नषेका द अ टादशशार रसं कारस प ना इ त , ते व वाराधनत परा इ त , त मला द
द य े ष े ु
ते
अचका
भव ती त
भगव
,
भु ि तमु ि तफल द म त तेषाम भ ाय इ त च । एवमधुना लोके वचारः तु त च ु त मृ तपुराणा दषु बहु
यते ।
यम गल व हाराधनं यमानानां वैखानसानां
त यथा –
हरेमु खा नादः त नादा ब दुः ब दोरो कारः । ओ कारा परतो राम वैखानसपवतः । ................................................. वैखानसमत ति म नादौ
य दशनम ् ।
मयते मु न भ न यं वैखानसमतः परम ् । वैखानसऋषेः पूव व णोवाणी समु वेत ् ।।1 इ येवंसीतोप नष द तू यते । एवं वेदानां यसनादवाक् ा ू पं म ळतं तु यत ् । ता तु वैखानसीं शाखा म त वेद वदो वदुः ।।
1
108 उप नष - साधनाखणडे
www.ijmer.in
71
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016 इ यु तेः माणम
सीतोप नष द
यते । तपो वैखानसं कम2 इ त
म स ा तसमु छयका रकायां ह रभ सू रणा अ भ हतम ् । त एवं यु पि तर प द शता वैखानसं
माणं वेि त तापसा वैखानसा3 इ त । पु पमूलफलैवा प केवलैवतये सदा । कालप वैः वयं शीणः वैखानसमते ि थतः ।।4 वैखानसाः केवलं कालप वैः
मनुना
प रक ततम ्
त म तपादकशा
।
मनु मृतेः
वयंशीणः पु पमू लफलैरेव जीवनं नय ती त
ट काकारे ण
कु लूकभ े न
वैखानसो
वान
थः
दशने -ि थतः इ य भ हतम ् । अनेन यः अर ये वसन ् मू लफला यशनशीलः
, सं कृ ता नमन नीयात ् , कठोरतप शीलः यो भव त स एव वैखानस इ त मृ या दषु अवग यते । यतः वान
थधमाः सम तया वखनोमु नना एवाऽ भ हत वात ् , अ यै तानेव वीकृ त वा च
। भगवान ् वखानाः वणा मधमान ् , त व णोः
परमं
ौत वधान च सम ं पदं
ग छती त
वसू े अ टादशसं कारान ् , पाकह व सोमय ान ् , तपा य वशेषेण भ व ायते
इत
या भगव तं नारायणमचयेत ्
पु नरावृि तर हतशा वतपद ा तये
भगवदाराधनमुप ददेश । ता शं भगवदाराधनं सवा म भः न यमव यं करणीय म त च स ाि ततम ् । य ेषु वह नं त स पूण भव त इ त सू ेण भगवदाराधन य सवय फलपू रक वं द य त व णोः परमं पदं ग छती त व ायते इ त अ याराधन य मो ता शं भगवदाराधनं कथं करणीय म य द व ध वधाना न वखाना
द वं च
यपा द ।
वसू े समा य पेण द य
व श ये यः भृगु मर य क यपे यः सम तया उप ददे श । भृ वादय तु तमुप देशं मन स नधाय
आलय ब ब नमाण- त ठा-अचन- नपन-उ सव- ायि च ता यंशःै
सं हतात भगव
2 3 4
का डा यान ्
थान ्
आर चतव तः।
यम गल व हाराधनमागणैव सव वैखानसाः
तेषु
थेषु
तपा दतेन
वाथाय पराथाय च देवदेवमचय तः
म स ा तसमु छयका रका .117
वैखानस स ा त और् सा मनु मृ तः – 6.21
www.ijmer.in
दाय – थमभागे . पु.सं - 49
72
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016 ध याः
भवि त
।
एता शानां
भगव कै कयपराणां
ीवैखानसानां
ल णमेवम भ हतं
जया यसं हतायाम ्योऽप र हवान ् व ः पूजये परमे वरम ् , या चतेन धनेन व
वजे
या वै यात ् कु टु बम प पालयन ् , वैखानस सोऽ प जट छ ी सता बरः ।। इ त ।
एता शानां भगव
ा च ा तेनाया चतेन तु ।
ीवैखानसानां
यम गल व हाराधनमेव
ताि वक च तनमेवं
व यते
ेया मु यु पाय इ त ।
वैखानसीयं त वम ् – न त , त य पर
ना यां िज ा सत य वषय य नण तो धम त वम ् । त य भाव त वं
मणः परमा मनो नारायण य भावः । " त वं नारायणः परः" इ त ु तः5 इ येवं
मर चमह षणाऽ भ हतम ् । ता श य त व ान य
न
ेयसा धगमः (मो ः) फलम ् ।
त व ानं नाम याथा य ानम ् । " य इ त वदु तेऽमृत वमानशु ः "6 " तमेव व द वाऽ तमृ यु मे त , ना यः प था व यतेऽयनाय "7 " तमेव व वा न बभाय मृ योः "8 " यि म
यौः पृ थवी चा त र मेतं मनः सह ाणै च सवः,
"तमेवैकं जानथा मानम यो वाचो वमु चथाऽमृत यैष सेतु ः "9
5 6 7 8 9
वमानाचनाक पे त व ानोपदे शपटले
ऋ वेदे 2-3.18.23 यजु वदे 31.18
अथववेदे 1.5.44
मु डकोप नष द 2.2.5
www.ijmer.in
73
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016 ए य
ु तवचने य समवग यते ई वरत व ानं मो
वै दक स ा तः
।
अ य ताव यकम ् त व ानाि न
एता शे वरत व ानाथ ।
अत
एव
यासाधारणकारण म त । एष एव
जीवा द बो धतं
ेयसा धगम इ त
म ानेन आ म ानेने त च
ेषु उपव णतो वतते । मदं
सकलभू तानां
ु त तपा दतः परमपु षः तं व ा य ,
त वारा त यानुक पया वेदो तं परमं पदं शा
यायदशनार भे
ेयसा धगम इ त । केषुचन दशनेषु पदाथत व ानाि न
वैखानसभगव छा भव त
गौतमेन
10
, योगेन च तवृि त नरोधेन इ त केषुचन , कम ानेन एवं केषुचन शा
सकलपदाथत व ानम प
या य परमं
परमोपाय वेन
यो
ु यु ते त याराधनमाग सवान ् वतयन ्
त सवाननायासेन गम यतु ं
योजनं ल य च भव त । तदथ भगव
वतते । इदमेव
यम गल व हाराधनं
तपा दतम ् ।
भगवदाराधन व पम ् – भगवदाराधनं
भव-र ण-सं ि त न म तशर र
वधा
शा
िे मन ् समू ताराधनम ् ,
यते । उ त च आराधनं
अमू ताराधन चे त
वधा ो तं अमूत चसमू तकम ् । इ त ।
तयोरेव सगु णं नगु ण चे त, साल बं नराल ब चे त , साकारं नराकार चे त नामा तरा य प शा
ेऽि मन ्
य ते कि च दव भेदेन । एतैः पूजामागः सकल वभाव य11 परमा मनः
आराधनमेव कतु श यते । न तु
न कल वभाव प य । यतः
न कल वभावः
दे वैर यन भल यः यात ् । ता शः न कल वभाव तु उप नष व पमेवं भव त – त सव
म व पतो नैव भ नः । त य
ीरे स पि तले तैलं पु पे ग धः फले रसः का ठे अि न रवा तब ह च
या याकाशोपमः12 इ त । अनेन
न कल वभाव इ त ।
तपा दतपर
ायते सव या प वमेव त य परमा मनो
ीरे स पः का ठे अि न च मथनात ् , तले तैलं मदनात ् , पु पे ग धः
10
माण मेयसंशय योजन
टा त स ा तावयवतक नणयवादज प वत डाहे वाभास छलजा त
न ह थानाना त व ानाि नः ेयसा धगमः । 1.1.1 11
शा
िे मन ् परमा मनः वभाव वयम भ हतं न कल सकल चे त ।( वमानाचनक पे
त व ानोपदे शपटले) 12
वमानाचनक पे पु.सं 489
www.ijmer.in
74
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016 फले रस च आ वादनात ् यथा यानमथनेन भ वैखानसशा
य ते
ाय ते त वत ् सव यापी न कलपरमा माऽ प
या स क पनात ् सकलो भू वा सं काशते इ त, वभ ताननुग ृ णाती त च
ेऽि मन ्
यपा द ।
एता श वभाव वयपू ण य परमा मानः आराधनम प त याराधन य वै व यं परमा मन नामा य प
व वध म त पूवमेवो तं
वभाव वयमू लक वेन भवती त
यते । अत एव तेषां
सगु ण- नगु ण , साल ब- नराल ब , साकार- नराकार , अमू त-समू त इ त
परमा मन वभाव वया भधेयकपयायपदैः
ू य ते । एवं
समाराधन य पु नः मर चमह षणा तावत ् चातु व यं
वधा व णत य परमा मनः
ो तंम ् । जप-हु त-अचन- यानभेदेन ।
ता न जप-हु त-अचन- या न आराधककै कयभावनामूलक वेन भव ती त
ायते । ता न यथा
– अथ भगव समानाधनं चतु वधं भव त । जप-हु त-अचन- यानानी त13 । इ त । एता न
जप-हु त-अचन- याना न
आराधक य
भ त य
भगव
ाि त वषये
कत यसूचका न भवि त । तेषां ल णा न वमानाचनक पे एवम भ हता न – जपः - सा व ीपूव वै णवीमृचम टा रं
वादशा रं च भगव तं या वाऽ यसेत ् स
जपः । हु तम-् अि नहो ा दहोमे य ूयते त ुतं होमः । अचनम ् - गृहे देवायतने वा वै दकेन मागण यानम ् -
न कल-सकल वभाग च
तमा दषु पू जये तदचनम ।् ा वाऽ टा गयोगमागण परमा मानं
जीवा मना
च तनं
यानम14् । इ त । एतेषु जप-हु त-अचन- यान पेषु भगवदाराधनेषु अचनं परमा मन
वभाव वय-
मू लक वेना भ हतसगु ण-साकार-साल ब-समू ता दपदवा यं भव त ।
13 14
वमानाचनक पे पु.सं 509
वमानाचनक पे पु.सं 509
www.ijmer.in
75
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016 यानं तावत ् न कल-सकलभेदेन
व वध म त पुन सकलं सगु ण- नगु णभेदेन
वधा भवती त च मर चना अ भ हतम ् ।त यथा – अथाऽतो यानं व ये । परमा मनो जीवा मना च तनं यानं । न कलं सकल म त त व वधं । न कलं देवैर य भल यम नगु ण यानम ् ाणायाम
यं यात ् । सकलं त
-
व वधं सगु णं नगु ण चे त । इ त
नगु णं
न कल वभावो
याहार यानधारणा यैः आ मसं कारै ः आ मानं
नारायणं
यो त पेण प यन ् ततो मु कु लतं
परमा मानं च तयेत ् । तत सः परमा मा परमया भ
।
म ू ये अ तरा मानं
ाणायामै वकचं कृ वा, न कल वभा वनं
वयमेव परमान द व हो भू वा
यते । तत तं
या प येत ् तदा सः स न हतो भवती त नगु ण यान य व पमु तम ् । सगु ण यानम -् 1 -
प ं
प ं
नय य
भव त
सगु ण यानं चतु वधं भव त ।
योगमागण आ द यच
वकचं क वा, त
महे
म डले
या वा त
थपु षान ् प यन ् ाणायामैः
म डलं त म ये वा णं म डल च
या वा त म ये
दे वीभू षणायुधैः प रष गणै च सह क याणगु ण न धं परमा मानं याये द त थमं वधानम ् । 2 - पूववदे व कुवन ्
प े वै वानर शखाम ये अकम डलं त म ये परमा मानं
दे वीभू षणायुधैः प रष गणै च सह य मू त
याये द यु तम ् । एवमेव अि नहो ा द व प
यातु ं श यते इ यु तम ् । अनेन होम या प सगु ण यान वम भ हतम ्। 3 - पू ववदेव
प ा तराकाशे वै वानर शखाम ये अकम डलं
या वा
दे वीभू षणायुधैः प रष गणै च सह त णा द यसंकाशं व णु ं याये द यु तम ।् 4 - पू व तर या
प ा तराकाशे वै वानर शखाम ये सोमम डलं
दे वीभू षणायुधैः प रष गणै च सह शु
फ टकसंकाशं नारायणं
या वा
याये द यु तम ् । एवं
सगण यानं चतु वधं भव त । जपहु ते परमा मन
वभाव वय-मूलक वेन । व श य ते स वारकपूजे भवतः इ यु
अ वारकस वारकभेदेन ।
www.ijmer.in
नगु ण- नराकार- नराल ब-अमू ता दपदवा ये
अ वारकं
वधा प रग यते । त यधा - जपहोम पाराधनम प स वारक म त
।
भवतः वा, पुन ते एव येकं
व वधम ्
त ा टा र- वादशा र-पु षसू त-
76
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016 पारमाि मका दम इतरम
जपोऽ वारकम ् । इतरम
जप स वारकम ् । उ तम
ैह मोऽ वारकम ् ।
ैह म स वारकम ् 15। इ त । एते वचन य सा ादाराधन वात ् अ वारक म यु यते । त तु सगु ण-साकार-साल ब-
समू ता दपदवा यं भव त । व श य पू व त वभाव वया मक य परमा मनः समाराधनमागषु अचनमेव सव तम म त शा
ेि मन ् य प । यतः जपहु त याना न अचन या गभू ता न
भवि त । पर तु न तथाऽचन य इतरा ग वोपपि तः । एवं समू ताराधन य
ै
यम ् एकेनैव
लोकेन एवमु पपा दतम -् अ य
वां समारो य य युपासा वधीयते सा व धः
यु ता ेया तवत वं तथैव च ।
व य सव समारो य य यु पासा वधीयते सा वृि तः सकला
य े ा तव त वं तवैव ह16
।। थि डलजलकूचा दषु अ नी जपहु त यानैः यत ् उपासनं भगव तमु
य
यते सा व धः
ग लता अ पाि थरफलका च भव त । यतः त अ
य ेणैव
यु ता भव त अथात ्
ता
भगव त वं, भगव शन पशना यनु भव च
ायते । अतः व य द यम गल व ह पे व य मनोवा कायकृ यं सव समारो य
या पू जा वधीयते सा तु सकला भवती यु तं । कला नाम स अ
ादौ च भगव तमारो य
य वा दगु ण व श टः परमा मा ता शमौप नषदं वेषं
यानं प रगणन म यथः । अथात ् वहाय सवषामुपासनयो यतया
द यम गल व ह पेणा वभू य अचावतार पेण अवतरतः ीमहा व णोः सकलोपचारस हतमचनं सकलं
े ठं अन पि थरफलक च भव त , त भगव त वं, भगव शन पशना यनु भव च सा
ादनु भय ू ते । अत एवो तं मर चना सु दरराजसू रणा
तमां वना
।एता शं भगव व पं ग छती त
ा वा भ
ते वचनं सवाथसाधनं
तो व दना दकं या भगव
ो तं भगवता वखनसा भ
यात ् इ त।
द शत च
यते त ि तं वना च लेखनं भव त इ त
यम गल व हाराधनं ये कु वि त ते व णुपरमपदं या भगव तं नारायणमचये त व णोः परमं पदं
ग छती त व ायते इ त ।
15 16
उ तम
म व यासारः –पृ.सं.9
ानका डः -
www.ijmer.in
77
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
A REVIEW OF LITERATURE ON IMPACT OF MERGER AND ACQUISITION: ACCOUNTING MEASURED BASED STUDIES Rakesh Research Scholar Department of Commerce CDLU, Sirsa,Haryana
Dr. Kapil Chaudhary Assistant Professor Department of Commerce Chaudhary Devi Lal University Sirsa,Haryana
Abstract There are inconclusive inferences of the literature on results of mergers and acquisitions on firm’s financial performance and various types of variables that affect such identify synergies. This paper aim analyzing and reviewed previous literature of mergers and acquisitions (M&As) and its impact on the firms’ profitability and shareholders’ wealth. Past studies are using various type of method to examine the impact of M&A on firm performance through qualitative measures-based and accounting measures-based. This study concluded that there are varieties of accounting ratios that measures the profitability and shareholders’ wealth in Indian corporate sector. Authorities’ should be aware about these measures and impact of M&As on profitability and shareholder wealth to take sound decisions to compete in rivalry environment. The paper provides a platform to enter in a meaningful deal to create value both firm as well as shareholder for bidder and target firm. Keywords: Firm profitability, shareholder wealth, merger and acquisition, synergies and various ratios. Introduction Mergers and acquisition decisions play a crucial role for the success of business entities and their responsible managers. Many business entity find that the best alternate to the lead and expand business boundaries by the way of mergers and acquisitions (Ismail et www.ijmer.in
78
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
al., 2011)1. Mergers and Acquisitions perform a fundamental role in corporate finance in enabling firms attain different objectives, financial strategies and decisions. The main goal of any firm is profitable growth of enterprise to make best use of the wealth of its shareholders. In order to reach the objectives, firm’s needs to remain aggressive and work towards its long term sustainability (Menapara & Pithadia, 2010)2.The process of M&A aims at getting the better efficiency, control over market and diversification. The synergistic gain by M&A movement may argue from economies of scale, more efficient and talented management, scope, redeployment of assets to new markets, new technology and generate organization with resources and power to compete in global environment (Azhagaiah & Satish, 2012)3. Bhaumik and Selarka (2008)4 found that the creation of value was closely linked to enhancement in profitability and merger unrelated firms in India failed to generate value for the shareholder of the acquiring firms. Hsieh and Wang (2008)5 documented that the acquisitions with shareholder voting rights were connected with lower synergistic gains. The study showed that shareholder voting rights s’ exercise significant impact on shareholder wealth. Shareholder voting rights in mergers and takeovers were significant in defending shareholder interests. Bahl (2012)6 conducted a study to seek and grade the factors accountable for breakdown of merger and acquisition in various type of companies. The study observed that working culture was the most important factor responsible for failure of M&A. Cheo-Park et al. (2002)7 investigate that a cross-border, rather than a domestic M&As deal, is the main drive of the negative market reaction. A wide-ranging review of literature on previous studies is carried out to identify technique and measures used to examine pre and post impact of M&A. The review of literature is categorised into three main sections of research which contribute to the study. This paper is structured as first section is review of the literature on the impact of www.ijmer.in
79
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
mergers and acquisitions in reference to profitability and shareholder wealth in Indian capital market, second section reviewed in international context and third section followed by the summary and concluding remarks. Review of Previous Studies Section: 1 Review of literature in Indian context Pawaskar (2001)8 examined the impact of mergers on business financial performance and compare the pre-post merger operating performance of the firms implicated in merger from the year 1992 to the year 1995. The study found no significant differences between the financial characteristics of the two firms involved in merger. The analysis of the regression revealed that there was neither increase in the return of post merger and nor significantly affected by merger. Mantravadi and Reddy (2008)9 examined the impact of merger on the different acquiring firms operating performance from 1991 to 2003. In particular agriculture products sector M&A had caused a significant decline in term of synergy and profitability, capital deployed in the business and return on investment. The analyses also show that the pharmaceuticals sector has no change in profitability while there was a decline in capital deployed in the business and return on net worth. All type of industry show a difference to the post merger operating performance of target firms. Singh & Mongla (2008)10 the aim of the study was to identify the reasons behind the mergers with a sample of 56 companies merged from 1994 and 2002. The results of the research also indicated that the profitability of similar firms also declined significantly over the matching time period. The paybacks of mergers were visible only in the form of improved interest coverage ratio and increased size. Srinivas (2010)11 examined the merger and acquisition policy by analyzing financial performance of selected merged banks. The study concluded that the Pvt. Sector banks were dominated over the public sector
www.ijmer.in
80
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
merger banks in liquidity and profitability but in case of NPAs and capital adequacy, the results were dissimilar. Sinha et al. (2010)12 investigated the impact of M&As on the economic performance of selected financial organisations in India. To conduct the study, the data were collected during 2000 to 2008. The authors found that there was a significant change in the earning of the shareholders, and on the contrary there was no significant change in the liquidity position of financial organisation in India. Mishra and Chandra (2010)13 make an attempt to examined the impact of M&As on financial performance of Indian pharmaceutical companies. The study found that the profitability success of a firm depends upon its size, exports and imports intensities and selling efforts and but inversely on their demand for the goods and market share. In addition, foreign technology and knowhow purchase have not significant impact on firm’s profitability. Joshi and Desai (2010)14 studied the operating performance and shareholder wealth of target companies and compared their performance pre and post merger in Indian aviation sector. The results of the study exhibit that the Jet Airways had positive operating margin in the post period and Kingfisher Airlines had failed to positive operating margin. But on the other parameter like EPS, RONW and NPM had been negative for both the companies. Khan (2011)15 studied the impact of M&As in Indian banking sector. To compare the performance of banks, the researcher took two cases of merger and acquisitions, one from private sector and other from public sector banks. The results of the study revealed that the presentation of the Punjab National Bank after acquire the Nedungadi Bank was enhanced in term of net profit ratio with the t-value -8.683. In reference to HDFC bank with centurion Bank of Punjab, the various financial ratios were not positively affected by merger and showed no linkage between pre and post merger presentation. Smita (2011)16 examined the financial performance of selected companies after M&A and the impact of companies after acquisition on Indian corporate sector by using data www.ijmer.in
81
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
from 2005 to 2007. It was concluded that merger and acquisitions did not through profits immediately. A company had to face liquidity problems for a period of few years but surely gave a good return in long period. Indhumathi et al. (2011)17 in their research study, “The Effect of Mergers on Corporate Performance of Acquirer and Target Companies
in
India”
analysed
the
pre-post
merger
financial
performance of the bidder and target companies during 2002-2005 by using a sample of 93 companies. The author showed that the bidder firm’s shareholders improved their financial performance in the post merger period. Raul (2012)18 analysed the impact of M&As on shareholders’ wealth in banking sector of India and also explained the influence of motive variables on merger like profit maximization, growth, leverage, market share of the bank, tax consideration and risk reduction. Azhagaiah and Kumar (2012)19 examined the impact of merger and acquisition on shareholders wealth in food industry of India. A ten firms sample involved in M&As deals during 2007 was measured. The results revealed that the post-merger impact as M&A on the mean variables decreased when compared with the market value added (MVA). The study concluded that there was a good connection between the dependent and independent factors taken for analysis. The overall results found that M&As shave positive impact on the acquiring industry in India after the merger. Devarajappa (2012)20 explored various motives of merger in centurion bank of Punjab and HDFC bank ltd. With the access of literature review the author attempted to high lighten the impact of merger and acquisition on different companies with particular emphasis on US market. The author concluded that Centurion Bank of Punjab Ltd. and HDFC Bank showed that the average values of GP ratio (75.2397% Vs.70.2136%) were increased. Dhinaiya (2012)21 measured the M&A on operating performance of different companies in various industries. The sampled companies were identified at randomly from the merger and acquisitions taken www.ijmer.in
82
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
place during year 2007. The samples of 35 companies from 6 industries were considered for the study. The study showed that the performance of total industries involved in sample indicated that there was increased in profitability and operating efficiency of six selected industries but unsuccessful to produce return from the entire capital invested. Leepsa and Mishra (2012)22 this paper intended to study the trend in merger and acquisition of selected manufacturing firms in India from the period 2003-04 to 2006-07with a sample of 115 mergers. The study found that the liquidity position of the firms had improved but it was not statistically significant. The financial position of the company’s improved in post merger period terms of interest coverage ratio, current, but most of the results of the study were not statistically significant. Verma and Sharma (2012)23 studied the M&As impact on financial position of companies in Tata Group. To conduct the study, the data for six years had been taken into consideration which included three years (2003-05) data. The study showed that there was an increase in mean RONW from 17.92% to 103.9%, but the increase in ratio was statistically insignificant with t-static value of -1.565. Vyas et al. (2012)24 attempted to find out the determinants of M&A in pharmaceutical industry in India. They pooled cross-sectional data for the study period from 2001 to 2010. The present study revealed that companies under M&A action were large in size as compare to non M&A action companies. The post liberalization economic policy facilitated foreign investment (FDI) in the economy and allowed 100% direct investment in pharmaceutical industry. The logit analyses also suggested that a little number of firms were undertook R&D activities in the industry and have positive relation to M&A. Leepsa (2012)25 in his paper explored the situation of M&A in electricity sector and the factor motivating the M&A transactions from the period Ist January, 1990 to 31st December, 2011. The sample of 32 deals was selected on the basis of data availability. The paper found that first year return on capital employed had not increased after post merger. www.ijmer.in
The 83
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
performance of Jaiprakash Power Ventures Ltd. remained not changed and J.S.W. Energy Ltd. gain negative performance in case of asset turnover. Quick and current ratio has improved in 5 year in post merger when compared with 5 year pre merger. Kar and Soni (2012)26 investigated the strategic impact of M&A on performance of corporate enterprises in the post liberalisation period in India with a sample of 15 companies from 1990-91 to 2000-01. The study calculated the bank value, RONW and PBT. They had taken a sample of 84 data points i.e. 42 for pre-merger and 42 for post-merger time. The study found most of M & As was reported in 1991-92 year. It was also apparent that M & As has positive impact on return of the target companies. Merger and acquisition found beneficial for the Indian companies which were growing in size and attained better market share. Verma et al (2013)27 examined impact of merger and acquisition on Indian banks to made business sense from the standpoint of value addition. They also studied a correlation between the investment in stakeholder relationship and corporate performance. It was found that Indian banks, albeit tiny in comparison to their global counterpart, were taking great strides not only within the continental layer of India, but even outside its borders too. Kumara and Satyanarayana (2013)28 examined the key motive variables and use event study in steel industry by using event study methodology. The study was determined on Tata steel – Corus acquisition for 2007. The results of the study showed that there was a considerable difference between pre and post merger in return, EPS and capital base. It concluded that the company combination has improved the managerial financial performance and growth of the steel industry in post merger period. Leepsa and Mishra (2013)29 attempted to carried out the time frame for studying the merger and acquisition effect on performance of manufacturing Indian companies. The period of study was from 2000-01 to 2009-10.The research found that in the post acquisition period the current ratio had improved significantly. There was considerable development in the post acquisition period in www.ijmer.in
84
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
ratio, i.e. average of T0, (T+1) when compared to (T-2), (T-3) years before acquisition time. The study also indicated that the impact of merger and acquisition on companies were reflected in the coming years particularly in the event year and one year after the announcement of the deal. Agarwal and Mittal (2014)30 explored various horizons of M&As deals related to Petrochemical sector in India. For the analysis a case study of IPCL and Reliance Industries Ltd. has been taken into account. The positions of the companies were compared with the help of financial measures like ROTA, ROCE GPM, NPM and Debt-Equity Ratio during the pre-post merger period. The analyses showed that both IPCL and RIL gained considerably from the merger and have significant positive impact on the above ratios. Bhardwaj (2014)31 attempted has been made to draw the results of the case (Centurion Bank with Bank of Punjab) and examined the impact of M&As on the employees, customer and on its shareholders. The bank’s profit after tax (PAT) has been increased by 38.25% to Rs. 121.38 crore. The bank’s ratio of gross non-performing assets (NPA) to entire customer assets was 2.7 percent as against 4.63 percent in the previous year. Neethu and Viswanathan (2015)32 examined the impact of takeover and acquisitions on the monetary potency of the producing firms in republic of India by using ratio analysis and t-test as tools of research. The study found that there was a significant effect of M&A on GPR of the company, NPR. The study also found significant effect on ROGCE, EPS and RONCE. It is clear from the study that there was significant impact of merger and acquisition on the economic performance of selected sample units. Singh and Gupta (2015)33 the paper analyses the Impact of M& A’s on profitability and productivity of consolidation of firms
in the Banking sector of India with the
sample two banks i.e. one public and one private sector banks based on the financial parameters from the perspective of pre-post merger grounds. The data were collected from selected banks during the year 2004-05 to 2014-15. Positioned on the analysis of State Bank of India www.ijmer.in
85
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
concluded that there was non-significant difference in respect to OPM, ROCE, Debt-Equity, current ratio and interest coverage, Credit Deposit Ratio, Earnings per Share, Deposit per Employee, Credit per Employee, and Business per Branch. Seethanaik (2015)34 the study analyzed Idea Cellular's acquisition of Spice Communications and evaluated the effect of the acquisition
on both the company’s shareholders wealth by
comparing pre-post merger financial measures and the actions of stock prices. PE ratio depicts that it has increased significantly by 10.43% comparing to pre-merger. It clearly shows that management succeeded in gaining market’s faith. R.O.E. has decreased by 17.39% compare to the pre-merger. Positive mean difference indicates there is a decrease in return on equity. G.P.M. has decreased by 12.29% comparing to premerger. This indicates management inability to control on its cost. Nanda (2016)35 analyzing the post-merger performance of acquiring bank taking profitability ratio and the merger of HDFC bank with Centurion Bank of Punjab has been considered for the study. It is observed that NPM, ROE and ROA of the selected sample bank have increased after merger event. However on analyzing the pre and postmerger performance of the selected bank using student t-test it is found that, there was no significant connection among selected bank pre and post-merger performances. Section: 2 Review of literature in international context Brooks et al. (2000)36 examined the effects on acquiring companies shareholder’s wealth from the expected future cash flow changes and systematic risk changes. The result of the study showed that on an average, in domestic acquisitions target firm shareholders get significant wealth losses in domestic acquisitions, but in international acquisition gain. Shleifer and Vishny (2001)37 in their study entitled “Stock Market Driven Acquisitions” presented a model for mergers and acquisitions, based on the capital market misevaluations of the merging firms. The suggested model helped to understand good deals of facts www.ijmer.in
86
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
and yield new predictions. The model predicted that a merger requires a coincidence short term goals of the target manager with longer period goals of the bidders to increase stock price and financial performance. Joshua, O. (2011)38 tried to make a comparative analysis in Nigeria on the impact of M&As on financial efficiency of banks. The study used net assets and profit after tax of the selected sample banks as indices or signals to determine economic efficiency by comparing the pre- post indices for the period under review of the study. The study found that the post M&A periods have a high performance in gross earnings and low performance in profit after tax (PAT). Ismail et al. (2011)39 synthesized and analysed a number of studies of Merger and Acquisition and its effect on the financial performance. The study concluded that few studies reported in high merger movement a positive return and negative return in low merger movement era. Some studies showed not consistent results in respect to type of industry and sector. The results indicated that after the merger both the target and the bidder company’s shareholders earn significant positive abnormal returns. Oloyede (2012)40 examined the Nigerian firms corporate performance that were engaged in merger and acquisition transaction in the area of food and beverages; and conglomerates sectors. Financial ratio analyses were used to show relationship among the prepost merger time. The paired t-test was used to decide significant variation following merger activities in the business. The results of the study suggested that merger in the food and beverages sector had significant effect. Wang and Moini (2012)41 examined the performance assessment of merger and acquisition in Danish firms. For data collection, the chief financial officers of 33 Danish companies involved in M&As during the period from 2001-2011 were selected randomly as a sample. This paper found that the definitions of performance varied in terms of perceptual metrics management and accounting. Kayani et al. (2013)42 investigated the effect of M&A on shareholder wealth and operating performance Pakistani banking sector on acquiring firms www.ijmer.in
87
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
before and after the merger and acquisition. For the sample 3 transactions of merger and acquisitions from 2007 to 2010 with both domestic and foreign banks which were operating in Pakistan were selected. The study showed that after the transaction, the ratios of operating performance has decreased significantly which show negative connection with the operating performance of the banks and negative effect on the shareholder wealth and EPS. Akhtar and Iqbal (2014)43 analyzed the pre and post financial ratios and its trend during the period from 2003 to 2009 in PTCL company. The result of the study has showed that the company create a high positive impact on the firm score of insolvency in relation to profitability and long term financial position. The overall financial position of the company was neither improved nor declined in long term. Fatima and Shehzad (2014)44 examined the impact of M&A on banks and provides insights about profitability. In this paper six financial ratios were used for analysis, these ratios were EPS, deposit to equity ratio, profit after tax, return on asset, and return on equity and 10 banks were selected during the period from 2007 to 10. For the study 3 year pre-post data points were taken for all the 10 cases and their averages were compared. The analysis and findings showed that only at 5% level of significance only ROE is affected by the merger and acquisition and other ratios have no impact from this strategy. Arvanitis and Stucki (2014)45 investigated the impact of M&As on financial performance and innovation after it. The sample of 2048 firms was selected in the study refers to the cohort of Swiss M&As during 2006-2008. The study revealed statistically significant positive performance effects from merger and acquisition transactions. The growth was a primary motive for cross-border mergers, while effectiveness was more significant in domestic mergers. Section: 3 Summary and concluding remarks In light of reviewing important studies in the literature that talk about the effects of M&A on the profitability of firms and shareholder wealth; www.ijmer.in
88
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
prior studies are reviewed according to accounting measured based studies. Analysis of prior studies reveals the conclusion: The effect of the M&As on cumulative abnormal return both bidder and target firm; where few studies reported improved insignificant abnormal returns. Accounting based studies have inconsistent inferences with reference to profitability and other financial ratios; where some studies reported minor improvements in the financial performance. A very few studies revealed incoherent results in respect to industry size and manager attitudes. There is lots of research projects carried out for evaluating the performance of various industries in Indian corporate sector. In some of studies we found positive returns to the shareholder of the bidder firms and some studies target shareholder return are increased after the merger. In most of studies several measures have been utilized to understand and measure the financial and operating performance of the company that follow the acquisition activities. EU, USA and several other country markets were researched by number of researchers to evaluate the corporate financial performance of the firms following combing activities. A number of researchers have studied the M&A economic impact on shareholder wealth and financial performance in pre and post period. The few study work is done on the bidder firms operating performance reported mixed results i.e. significantly positive to significantly negative impact on the bidder as well as target firms. 2.3 Research Gaps It is clear from the most of the studies that most of the research has been done on human trends, waves, motives policy and framework of the strategy. From the past researches, firms either improve their financial performance after merger and acquisition. There is a limited study that exhibits regarding the timing of achieving the return from event deals. The literature review show that some studies are either based on different financial ratios or event study methodology. Most of www.ijmer.in
89
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
the studies are done on particular industry or sector i.e. manufacturing, pharmacy, banking etc. Studies in the context of whole Indian corporate sector in the current year are limited. The present research is an effort to fill such gaps in Indian corporate sector in case of merger and acquisition. The present study attempt to analyze the pre and post merger impact on financial performance of firm’s as well as announcement effect on shareholder wealth and focusing mainly of Indian corporate sector. A large sample has been applied for evaluation of financial performance by using different accounting ratios, and stock prices movement through CAPM, market model, and actual return. References: 1. Ismail, Tariq H., Abdou, Abdoulati A., & Annis, Radwa M. (2011). Review of literature linking corporate performance to merger and acquisitions. The Review of Financial and Accounting Studies, Issue 01, 89-104. Retrieved from http://www.eurojournals.com/REFAS.htm on November 07, 2012. 2. Menapara, M., & Pithadia, V. (2010). A study on financial performance of selected companies during pre-post merger and acquisition. ABINAV, National Monthly Refereed Journal of Research in Commerce & Management, 01(11), 192-198. Retrieved from http://www.abhinavjournal.com/images/Commerce_&_Management/Nov12 /18.pdf on July 13, 2016. 3. Azhagaiah, R., & Kumar, T.S. (2012, July). The Effect of Merger and Acquisitions on the Shareholders’ Wealth: Evidence from the Food Industry in India. International Journal of Research in Commerce & Management, 3(7), 42-52. Retrieved from http://www.iircm.org.in on September 29, 2012. 4. Bhaumik, S.K., & Selarka, E. (2008, February). Impact of M&A on firm performance in India: Implications for concentration of ownership and insider entrenchment. William Davidson Institute Working Paper Number 907. Retrieved from www.sumonbhaumik.net/wdi-up907.pdf on September 21, 2012. 5. Hsieh and Wang (2008, March). Shareholder Voting Rights in Merger and Acquisitions. JEL Classification No. G14, G34, G38. On December 12, 2014. 6. Bahl, S. (2012, October). MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS: COMPETITIVE EDGE OF INDIAN INDUSTRY IN GLOBAL SCENARIO. Arth Prabhand Journal of Economics and Management, 1(7), www.ijmer.in
90
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
7.
8. 9.
10.
11. 12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
22-32. Retrieved from http://www.pinnaclejournals.com on October 26, 2012. Cheol Park, M., Yang, D.H., Nam, Y., & Wook Ha, Y. (2002, February). Mergers and Acquisitions in the Telecommunications Industry: Myths and Realty. ETRI Journal, 24(1), 56-64. Pawaskar, V. (2001, January-March). Effect of Mergers on Corporate Performance in India. Vikalpa, 26(1), 19-32. Mantravadi, P., & Reddy, A.V. (2008). Post-Merger Performance of Acquiring Firms from Different Industries in India. International Journal of Finance and Economics, Issue 22, 191-204. Retrieved from http//www.eurojournals.com/finance.htm on September 22, 2012. Singh, F., & Mongla, M. (2008). Impact of Mergers on Profitability of Acquiring Companies. The Icfai University Journal of Mergers & Acquisitions, V (2), 60-76. Srinivas, K. (2010, January). Pre and Post Merger Physical Performance of Merged Banks in India-A Select Study. Indian Journal of Finance, 3-19. Sinha, N., Kaushik, K.P., & Chaudhary, T. (2010, November). Measuring Post Merger and Acquisition Performance: An Investigation of Select Financial Sector Organization in India. International Journal of Economics and Finance, 2(4), 190-200. Retrieved from http://www.ccsenet.org/ijef on October 13, 2014. Mishra, P., & Chandra, T. (2010). Mergers, Acquisitions and Firms’ Performance: Experience of Indian Pharmaceutical Industry. Eurasian Journal of Business and Economics, 3(5), 111-126. Joshi, N. A., & Desai, J. M. (2010). A Study of Mergers & Acquisitions in Aviation Industry in India and Their Impact on the Operating Performance and Shareholder Wealth. Retrieved from http//ssrn.com/abstract=2025282 on November 07, 2012. Khan, A. A. (2011, November). Merger and Acquisitions (M&A) in the Indian Banking Sector in Post Liberalization Regime. International Journal of Contemporary Business Studies, 11, 31-45. Retrieved from http://apinsight.webs.com/Azeemi%Ahmad%20khan.pdf on September 5, 2012. Smita, M. (2011). A study of impact of mergers and acquisitions on selected sectors in India. Journal of Doctoral Studies, Accounting, 1(1&2), 104-119. Indhumathi, G., Selvam, M., & Babu, M. (2011). The Effect of Merger on Corporate Performance of Acquirer and Target Companies in India. The Review of Financial and Accounting Studies, Issue 1, 14-37. Retrieved from http://www.eurojournal.com/REFAS.htm on September 21, 2012. Raul, A. (2012, May). Impact of M&As on Shareholder’s Wealth: Evidence from the Indian Banking Sector. ZENITH International Journal of Business Economics & Management Research, 2(5). Retrieved from
www.ijmer.in
91
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
http://zenithresearch.org.in/images/stories/pdf/2012/may/ZIJBEMR_vol_M ay2012pdf on September 18, 2012. Azhagaiah, R., & Kumar, T.S. (2012, July). The Effect of Merger and Acquisitions on the Shareholders’ Wealth: Evidence from the Food Industry in India. International Journal of Research in Commerce & Management, 3(7), 42-52. Retrieved from http://www.iircm.org.in on September 29, 2012. Devarajappa, S. (2012, September). MERGER IN INDIAN BANKS: A STUDY ON MERGERS OF HDFC BANK LTD AND CENTURION BANK OF PUNJAB LTD. International Journal of Marketing, Financial Services & Management Research, 1(9), 33-42. Retrieved from http://www.indianresearchjournals.com on October 23, 2012. Dhinaiya, G.M. (2012, September). IMPACT OF MERGERS & ACQUISITIONS ON THE PERFORMANCE OF COMPANIES. International Journal of Research in Commerce & Management, 3(9), 102106. Retrieved from http://www.ijrcm.org.in. Leepsa, N.M., & Mishra, C.S. (2012, October-December). Post Acquisition Performance of Indian Manufacturing Companies: An Empirical Analysis. Asia-Pacific Finance and Accounting Review, 1(1), 17-33. Retrieved from www.asiapacific.edu/far Verma, N., & Sharma, R. (2012). IMPACT OF MERGER & ACQUISITIONS ON FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE: WITH SPECIAL REFERRENCE TO TATA GROUP. International Journal of Research in Commerce & Management, 3(7), 140-143. Retrieved from www.jircm.org.in September 30, 2012. Vyas, V., Narayanan, K., & Ramanathan, A. (2012). Determinants of Merger and Acquisitions in Indian Pharmaceutical Industry. Eurasian Journal of Business and Economics, 5(9), 79-102. Retrieved from http://www.ejbe.org/EJBE2012Vol05NO09p079VYAS-NARAYANANRAMAMATHAN.pdf on September 20, 2012. Leepsa, N.M. (2012). MERGERR MOTIVES, TRENDS AND POST PERFORMANCE: EVIDENCE FROM ELECTRICITY COMPANIES IN INDIA. Journal of Business, Economics & Finance, 1(2), 59-82. Kar, R.N., & Soni, A. (2012). MERGER AND ACQUISITIONS IN INDIA: A STRATEGIC IMPACT ANALYSIS FOR THE CORPORATE ENTERPRISES IN THE POST LIBERALISATION PERIOD. Retrieved from www.igidr.ac.in/money/MERGERS%20AND20ACQUISITIONS%20IN%IN DIA.pdf on September 19, 2012 Verma, B. P., Maji, P., & Nair, S. (2013, February). Mergers & Acquisitions And Their Impact On Corporate-Values: Pre And PostMerger Analysis of Indian Banks. Indian Journal of Finance, 7(2), 5-16.
www.ijmer.in
92
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
28. Kumara, M. & Satyanarayana (2013, May-June). An Analysis of the Impact of Merger and Acquisition of Corus by Tata Steel. IOSR Journal of Business and Management (IOSR-JBM), 11(1), 41-47. www.iosrjournals.org 29. Leepsa, N.M., & Mishra, C.S. (2013, July-September). Do Mergers & Acquisitions Pay Off Immediately? Evidence from Merger & Acquisitions in India. South Asian Journal of Management, 20(3), 39-56. 30. Agarwal, P., & Mittal, R. (2014, September). Merger and acquisitions analysis with case study method. International Journal of Management and Commerce Innovations, 2(1), 236-244. Retrieved from www.researchpublish.com on July 09, 2016. 31. Bhardwaj, M. (2014, September). A Study of Merger and acquisition between Centurion Bank with Bank of Punjab: Analysing Premerger and Post merger Financial Performance. International Journal of Innovation and Scientific Research, 8(1), 50-63. http://www.ijisr.issr-journals.org/ 32. Neethu, T. C., & Viswanathan, R. (2015, March). A Study on Financial Performance of Companies before and After Merger and Acquisition. PARIPEX-Indian Journal of Research, 4(3), 6-8. 33. Singh, G. & Gupta, S. (2015, September). An impact of mergers and acquisitions on productivity and profitability of consolidation banking sector in India. Abhinav International Monthly Refereed Journal of Research in Management & Technology, 4(9), 33-48. www.ahbinavjournal .com 34. Seethanaik, D. (2015, September). Merger and Acquisition in Telecom Industry. IJRFM- International Journal of Research in Finance and Marketing, 5(9), 20-33. http://www.euroasiapub.org 35. Nanda, S.S. (2016). An Impact of Merger on Profitability Ratio - A Study of HDFC Bank. National Seminar on “Emerging Trends in Management & Information Technology” (ETM&IT-2016), Rourkela Institute of Management Studies, Rourkela, 20th February, 2016, 31-35. ISBN. 97893-81692-07-2, 36. Brooks, L. D., Feils, D. J., & Sahoo, B. K. (2000). The impact of shifts in forecasted earnings and symmetric risk on acquiring firm shareholder wealth in domestic and international acquisitions. Journal of Finance and Strategic Decisions, 13(3), 1-7. 37. Shleifer, A., & Vishny, W. (2001, June). Stock Market Driven Acquisitions. Harvard University and the University of Chicago, 1-26. 38. Joshua, O. (2011, May). Comparative analysis of the impact of merger and acquisitions on financial efficiency of banks in Nigeria. Journal of Accounting and Taxation, 3(1), 1-7. Retrieved from http://www.academicjournals.org/JAT on January 18, 2015. 39. Ismail, Tariq H., Abdou, Abdoulati A., & Annis, Radwa M. (2011). Review of literature linking corporate performance to merger and acquisitions. www.ijmer.in
93
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
40.
41. 42.
43.
44.
45.
The Review of Financial and Accounting Studies, Issue 1, 89-104. Retrieved from http://www.eurojournals.com/REFAS.htm on November 07, 2012. Oloyede, J. A. (2012, October). Investigating the improvement in corporate performance after merger and acquisition in Nigeria: A sectoral analysis. The International Journal of Management, 1(4), 1-15. www.theijm.com Wang, D., & Moini, H. (2012). Performance Assessment of Merger and Acquisitions: Evidence from Denmark. E-Leader Berlin, 1-15. Kayani, A. J., Javded, B., Majeed, A., & Shaukat, A. (2013, October). Impact of merger and acquisition on operating performance and shareholder wealth in Pakistan banking sector. Interdisciplinary Journal of Contemporary Research in Business, 5(6), 385-391. www.ijcrb.webs.com Akhtar, S., & Iqbal, J. (2014, January). An empirical analysis of pre and post merger or acquisition impact on financial performance: A case study of Pakistan telecommunication limited. European Journal of Accounting Auditing and Finance Research, 3(1), 69-80. www.eajournal.org Fatima, T., & Shehzad, A. (2014). An Analysis of Impact of Merger and Acquisition of Financial Performance of Banks: A case of Pakistan. Journal of Poverty, Investment and Development-An Open Access International Journal, 5, 29-36. Arvanitis, S., & Stucki, T. (2014). Do mergers and acquisitions among small and medium-sized enterprises affect the performance of acquiring firms? International Small Business Journal, 1-22. Retrieved from www.isb.sagepub.com on June 10, 2015.
www.ijmer.in
94
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
CONCEPTS OF BIG DATA Surbhi Verma Student AITR, Indore M.P, India
Pragya Singhal Student AITR, Indore M.P, India Rohan Mandhanya Student AITR, Indore M.P, India
ABSTRACT As the world is getting advanced towards every future step, the demand for new technology is increasing resulting in increase of size and number of data, millions and trillions of data needs to get managed and stored calling for Big data management. Big data techniques of data storage and data analysis is big issue now-a-days. This paper puts light on what big data is how it is managed what are its applications and how networking can be established for big data. The aim for writing this paper is to study about big data and how it can be applied in the present scenario. Big data is a source of bigger opportunities and which bring out many data analytics techniques on hike. But even as the data is unstructured new approaches are to be implemented so that data management like in storage, manipulation, analyze, segregation becomes easy. Keywords Big data, big data analysis, management, structured data, unstructured data, networking, map reduce, Hadoop, Distributed system, technologies, analysis.
www.ijmer.in
95
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
1. INTRODUCTION Big data is a collection of a large variety of data bigger in size and complex that the traditional databases are incapable of storing and managing such a big data. Such data exceeds the processing limits of a conventional database systems, the data here is gigantic, quick and have different structures which do not match with the relational data structures.
Fig 1: Big data Organizations covers two values of big data which are analytical use and qualifying new products. Big data is the enormous volume of different types of data be it structured or unstructured. The term big data is said to have brought up by Web search companies who queried very large distributed aggregations of loosely-structured data. 1.1 Types of data Big data is a collection of structured and unstructured data the term structure refers to how data is organized is it in any particular order or just scattered in a heap.
Structured Data: The data is said to be structured if it is in a particular format like in the form of tables where the rows and columns methods are implemented. Structured data is basically in the human understandable form, and is easily managed by personal computers.
www.ijmer.in
Data
searching,
defining,
manipulating
and 96
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
transactional control of data is easily achieved by handling the key elements of the table. Data is stored efficiently with the help of various data types and searching within the content becomes easy. Structured data is dependent on data models. It carries the advantage of being easily stored, queried, analyzed and entered. Relational databases and spreadsheets are the ways of managing structured data.
Fig 2: Structured data & unstructured data
Unstructured Data: This is something which cannot fit in a neat box or common box, unstructured data consist of text, graphical images, photos, web pages, PDF files, PPTs, emails, internet sites like wikis and Microsoft documents which are basically human information. Un-structuration means there is no particular model of storing or retrieving data and even are not fitting into the relational tables. Big data is only increasing with a constant velocity and the 90% of data today is only created in 2 years. Now each individual data have its own format and structure and which runs on a particular software only, now unstructured data is also known as loosely structured data because even if the data is in particular structure combing all of them in a single dataset may not result in the same structure.
www.ijmer.in
97
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Semi Structured Data: This data is link or cross between the above two data types, as it is a structured data but it do not follows any particular data model structure. In this type of data tags or markers are used to identify various elements in the data, knowing the fact that data is not having any fixed or rigid structure. Metadata facility in the word processing software falls under this category.
1.2 Big Data v/s Traditional Data
In traditional data the sources are in a relational database and are structured, while in big data there is no structure and the data is analyzed and normalized.
Big data is extremely mammoth to the traditional data, the data is huge in size and structure.
Traditional data warehouse are unable of handling the excess of data and thus loose in the important features of information.
Big data supports a large number of files, images, videos, web pages while traditional data supports only relational data.
The speed of data managing is higher in big data than that in traditional data.
There is a normal database managed in traditional data while in contrast big data have a wide necessity of database which are diverse in content.
Traditional is referred as pure SQL while big data falls under NoSQL.
www.ijmer.in
98
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Fig 3: Big data vs Traditional data 2. ARCHITECTURE OF BIG DATA In 2012, Gartner formalized their Big Data definition as a "3V" framework but organizations needed another v which was for value to accomplish big data jobs. Now for process optimization, decision making and internal discoveries, new forms of processing was required and thus high volume, high velocity, variety information assets fell into existence. The 4th v known for veracity was introduced by IBM which brought trust and noise filtering for the big data challenges.
Volume: Data is increasing at a very high rate and there are many factors behind it like in the text documents are constantly collected from single as well as social medias, transaction based data which have been stored from years, and currently the amount of sensor data is also collected vastly, etc. In past storage was the major concern while now the data is widely being stored and managed properly, but still the issues like how to establish relevancy among data and how to create a sensible value from all of these relevant data. Many companies still have tons of data stored but are not knowing how to process it. Now volume solves the biggest challenge of IT firms which, now calls for a scalable storage system as well as the queries are solved by the distributive approach.
www.ijmer.in
99
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Fig 4: Four V’s
Variety: Big data consists no particular type of data it supports everything which falls under the term data; from traditional or local databases to complex datasets created by the users and the OLAP systems, ranging to text or word documents, pictures, audios, meter collected data, videos, transactional and stock ticker data. Surveys shows that 80% of the data from different firms is NOT numeric but still is included in data analysis and decision making. Now different firms work with different software, which supports variety of formats and data, so the big data collects all the unstructured data and produce an ordered meaning, which can further be used by any human or can be supplied as an input to any application.
Velocity: It is referred by the speed of processing the data and the speed with which the demands of the user is fulfilled. Problems which were once restricted to the industries are now broadening their way, the specialized industries like financial traders where the data is moving very fast having long termed systems got an advantage from big data. The present technical era of internet and mobile phones are generating a flow of data back to the provider, even they are making the rate inflow of data quick as the consumers carry with them a linear source or reallocated images and videos. Retailers are able to quickly handle the information and are utilizing an advantage by additional purchasing demands.
www.ijmer.in
100
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Veracity: This deals with the data which is not structured, precise and certain. In traditional data systems the data was expected to be clean, certain and precise and thus much time was spent on Master Data Management. But when the concern is shifted towards social media like Facebook, tweeter, etc. the information or data is justified or unjustified is not known it can count towards ones’ insights but cannot be taken into consideration for total sale or report benefits. Veracity keeps check on the uncertainty of data. And even after knowing the origin and fields of multi structured data correlation seems tough.
Architectural Layers of Big Data: Like the cloud architecture big data even pursue 4 architectural layers which are IaaS, PaaS, DaaS and BFaaS
Fig 5: Architectural layers of Big Data
www.ijmer.in
101
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Infrastructure as a Service: This is made up from cheap commodities of the big data stack and have storage, servers and networks as a base. The stack cane be hardware like bare metal or virtual like cloud. It even supports distributed file systems. Platform as a Service: This have the No SQL storages and distributed caches from handling various complex queries using a query language from platform layer. This layer provides a rational model for the unstructured data present in various files. Data as a Service: The tools for integrating PaaS layer using search engines, batch programs, integration adapters, are stored here in arrays. Big data Business Functions as a Service: Building of packaged applications for serving specific business needs and leverage the DaaS layer for cross cutting of the data functions.
Big Data at an Edge: The current discussion on big data is basically on analyzing and managing unstructured data from business and social services. Such data analytics promises to the organizations to provide significant data and the vast data from sensors and other devices even add to this untapped data. Now the data from the intelligent sectors are some of the fastest, complex and gigantic big data, which is collected by a number of equipment such as utility meters, traffic and security cameras, medical devices, etc. all these have brought up a new storehouse of important information. This edge data can provide both private and public sectors with significant values for being an enormous source of deeper information gaining system. Analysis of edge data even can help organization to solve problems which were out of reach before.
Big data is a low cost storage system which was discarded earlier supports powerful multi-purpose processors and supports open
www.ijmer.in
102
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
source software like OpenStack, PostGresSQL. Goes well with the following applications like: For monitoring premature infants alerting them for the need of interventions. Failures taking place during manufacturing of machines is also predicted. For the people, preventing traffic jams, saving fuels and reducing pollution.
3. NETWORKING FOR BIG DATA Big data have data larger than the human reach. Networking is the basics of big data. It handles the computer and is known ‘plumbing’ of computer. The areas under computing are almost all network base. Like in Distributed storage, distributed gaming, distributed database and distributed computing. Networking influence networking and communication aspects of big data, it must be built to handle distributed resources which are continuously working on a same task. These distributed resources should work with an interconnection, if the network is not present the data sets and resources remain discontinuous and unstructured. 3.1 Map Reduce Map Reduce is a software framework to handle and process a large number of unstructured data by segmenting it over a big number of inexpensive processors. There are three Goals of map reduce problems Distributed: over a large number of inexpensive processors Scalable: as data can expand and contract as per the needs. Fault tolerant: System continues even if any failure takes place. www.ijmer.in
103
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
In Map Reduce, map takes data and then divide it into another set of key-value pairs. And reduce takes the map’s output and produce smaller inputs in same format.
Fig 6: Map Reduce The jobs under this runs on cluster of machines which are dynamically scalable. MapReduce can be optimized by scheduling, synchronization, code/ data collocation and fault/error handling. This framework splits the huge data into smaller sets which are independent of each other and then they are processed in parallel. The two phases map and reduce have the following functions. Map : (k1,v1) -> list (k2,v2) Reduce : (k2,list(v2)) -> list (k3,v3) Independent input chunks are processed in parallel by multiple map tasks. Each map call is given a key-value pair (k1,v1) and it produces a listen of key values (k2,v2) then the output of the map is given to the reduce (shuffle phase) where the records are sorted and grouped and single reduce call processes each group. The MapReduce algorithm for word count is:
www.ijmer.in
104
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Fig 7: Map Reducing Algorithm of Word Count 3.2 Hadoop Hadoop is an open source implementation of MapReduce framework. Hadoop supports basic three components which are Hadoop common package (the files needed to start the working of Hadoop), Hadoop Distributed File System (HDFS) and Map reducing engine. HDFS breaks data into blocks which are further stored into data nodes on different racks. These nodes are: Name node: It keeps the track where every file is stored. And it keeps check on namespace. Data node: It tracks the levels of data nodes. And continuously asks the job tracker for what task to perform. Job tracker: It assigns the nap job to the task tracker nodes which are either nearer to the data or have data. Task tracker: It keeps the work closest and related to the data.
www.ijmer.in
105
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Fig 8: Hadoop Architecture The data nodes receive the data if required, perform the map functions and then again store the result in the files. Further the data node which have the map output are assigned reduced jobs by the job tracker and even every data have a check attached so that the integrity can be verified. Various Apache Hadoop tools are:
Apache Hadoop: Hadoop framework in java.
Apache Mahout: machine learning algorithm are put into consideration.
Apache Hive: It is the data warehouse infrastructure for Hadoop.
Apache Pig: It gives the platform for making MapReduce programs in the high level ‘Pig-Latin’ language.
And there are many more like Apache Avro, Hbase, ZooKeeper, Cassandra, etc.
The other Apache tools are Apache Accumulo, Thrift, Beehive, and Derby.
Other big data tools are:
www.ijmer.in
106
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Cascading: This is an open source software abstraction for Hadoop. It allows the developers to create a .jar file that consist of data sources and analysis information. Storm: It is an alternate for MapReduce which is an open source network and a distributive computational framework. Elastic MapReduce (EMR): Also known as Aka Hive which an automatically performs Hadoop clustering, formation and termination. Hyper Table: This is a Hadoop compatible database system. Other tools are Filesystem in user space, Cloudera impala, MapR Hadoop, Big SQL, Hadapt, etc. 3.3 Big data Networking Requirements
Code/data Collation: The data of map jobs stays with processor which are going to get mapped.
Elastic bandwidth: this is for matching the volume variations.
Fault/
Error
Handling:
In
any
failure
at
processor
the
corresponding task needs to get transferred to another processor.
Security: Security is maintained in real time with highly scalable manner like providing access controls, threat detection and encryption of data.
Synchronization: The map and the reduce jobs should keep compatibility and should stay comparable with each other.
3.4 Virtualization Virtualization refers to the utilization of resources irrespective of its origin, structure, size, etc. Applications can use resources without looking from where it reside, what it holds, how it is implemented,
www.ijmer.in
107
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
what are its technical interfaces, on which platform it works or how much it is available. Recent technologies and standards allow different functions like: Virtualizing computation, Virtualizing storage, Virtualizing rack storage connectivity, Virtualizing data center storage, Virtualizing Metro and Global storage. Initially data is centered by multiple IP subnets and each subnet consist of one Ethernet network. There are specific Ethernet addresses which do not change for a single network while the IP addresses are locators and change every time you move. It increases the speed and if VM moves inside the subnet IP address is not changed. And if VM moves from one subnet to another IP address changes speed decreases and all connections breaks every time the subnet is changed, resulting in limited VM mobility.
Initially data centers use Storage area networks, like fiber channel for server to storage communication and Ethernet channel for server to server communication. Unified networking is established because of IEEE standards for Ethernet fiber channel.
Fig 9: Virtualizing Storage
In Storage defined networking there is a centralized programmable control plane which allows automatic provisioning of virtual resources, even large Hadoop topologies can be created on demand.
www.ijmer.in
108
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Fig 10: Virtualization in Big Data
In Network Function Virtualization fast standard hardware are used which implies software based devices virtual networking modules which run on standard processors. For security purpose modules can be combined to create any combination of functions. Quick provisioning is implemented by virtual machines. It supports standards API’s like Networking app market and Security of big data in multi-tenant cloud.
3.5 Hbase
Hbase which is an apache foundation Hadoop tool is used when user require random real time read/write access to big data. The goal is to achieve a very large table with billions of rows and columns at top cluster of commodity hardware.
This is a column based data management system which runs on the top of (HDFS) Hadoop Distributed File System. It is very well enhanced for sparse data sets.
www.ijmer.in
109
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Hbase is written in Java language and it is a NoSql database and do not require relational database.
Hbase supports huge table with rows and columns representing objects, each table must have an element which is unique and not null or known as Primary key, and all the access attempts to the table should use this key.
Hbase allows many attributes to be grouped together and form a column family and whose all the elements are stored together. This is different form relational database management system which is row oriented and where all the columns of a single row are stored together. The schema of the table and the column families must be pre-defined, wherein the schema is very flexible any new column can be added to the family at any instance of time thus adopt to the changing application requirements.
Fig11: Hbase Column Family
For storing and analyzing the unstructured data in distributed computational environment, a special computational cluster is designed known as Hadoop cluster. In Hbase master node manages the cluster, region servers perform the work on the data by storing portions of the tables. Hbase is also sensitive to the loss of master node.
www.ijmer.in
110
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Fig 12: Accessing Hbase with Shell Commands
Fig 12, shows how table is created and managed in the Hbase, operations like entering, deleting data, listing tables, displaying contents, dropping table and disabling blogs is managed by different commands.
4. GROWTH OF BIG DATA 4.1 Data from Sensors When data from the sensors will be collected we will need to manage data in Bronto bytes (1027). Looking at machine to machine (M2M) communication or at Internet of Things (IOT) millions and billions of devices connect to each other and thus a huge amount of data is created. The data from device connection or from M2M will have to stored, analyzed, visualized, and managed to have a meaning for running the business demand. In future about 40% of the data is expected to be from the M2M connection. This data is collected from different machine sensors which measures pre-defined conditions on a
www.ijmer.in
111
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
regular interval. Like in data from weather forecasting, CPU utilizations, temperatures, geo locations, etc. All these data is connected to and key informer which or performance indicator which alarms when a certain condition is reached and an action is required against the threshold.
Fig 13: Data from the Sensors. 4.2 Social Networking in Big data Big data is widely accepted by the organizations demanding an online data management, like in health care. Analysis and exchange of data in health issues can very well help in recognizing different diseases, for different customers, prospectors and service providers’ big data have become a key for communications. Some of which are:
Mobile devices
Social networking and media
Networking devices and sensors
Internet transactions
Health care and finance
www.ijmer.in
112
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
4.3 Big data Analytics Analytics is something which guides decision making by forming patterns in data using different programs, statistics, and operation research. Various analytics are:
SQL Analytics: making count, OLAP, calculating average.
Descriptive Analytics; Used to check the historical data to see if the chances of success were high or not.
Predicting Analytics: weather forecasting is very well looked after.
Prescriptive Analytics: Decision making is made with n number of options given which gets updates on a regular basis.
Simulation: Monte Carlo, Agent based.
Optimization: Linear & non-linear.
Machine learning: Future outcomes are predicted by learning different machine algorithms.
Web Analytics: Web access and web users are managed.
Learning Analytics: Analytics followed by students for learning purpose.
Data Science: fields which fall under data analytics.
4.4 Data Mining: By the term mining we mean extracting of sets of information from a given data. This refers to analyzing and extracting big amount of data for discovering new patterns for big data. The methods for mining came from concepts of artificial intelligence, statistics with database management. Some of the algorithms used for data mining are:
Classification trees: In this a categorical variable is categorized based on the structure and size of predictor variables.
www.ijmer.in
113
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Logistics regression: This is the modification of standard regression, being an algebraic technique it expands the idea of sorting.
Neural networks: There are 3 nodes, input, output and hidden node. Data is mentioned at the input node, and by error and correction method algorithm verify the actual weigh until it meets a stopping condition.
Clustering techniques: This includes K-nearest neighbors which checks and evaluates the distance between the points and notes the historical data and assigns a set to its nearest neighbor in the data group.
4.5 Applications of Big data Some of the applications are in the fields of:
Banking and Securities.
Communication, media and entertainment.
Health care providers.
Education.
Manufacturing and natural resources.
Government.
Insurance.
Retail and Whole sale trades.
Transportation.
Energy and utilities.
www.ijmer.in
114
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
5. CONCLUSION Today different technologies are emerging and the demand of huge data management is on hype. Big data will for sure grow in the coming years it will change the demand of human and will decrease human dependency by a good ratio. A good number of technologies will be developed and get adapted by big data to manage big data like aggregation, visualization, manipulation and analysis of big data. Which shows that in near future organization will have to adopt some flexible and multidisciplinary approach for extracting the values from big data. Real time analytics is being accomplished by the technologies like Hadoop. Big data provides enterprises to make good and effective decisions, to reduce human efforts and increase the speed of innovations, improve the business processes by discovering and enhancing markets. Improvements have been seen in business like retail, healthcare, finance, etc. However the data deluge and obtaining awareness related to the enterprise should be protected and governed by business politics. In this paper, the term big data is being explained and the technologies on which it works are defined. Many apache tools have been come into the path, like Hadoop which is an open system framework and which supports distributed data intensive applications. The data size will increase, data will get complex and even faster access will be required, and to fulfill all these requirements big data mining and analysis will aid us to discover facts which are never studied before. There are still many flaws in big data, thus a system should be designed such that unstructured data can be connected through their composite relationships and forma important patterns and this development in data volumes and relationship should assist patterns to estimate propensity and future.
www.ijmer.in
115
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
6. REFRENCES [1]
What is structured data, http://www. ERM/S/structured_data.html.
[2]
Raveena Pandya, Vinaya Sawant, Neha Mendjoge, Mitchell D’silva, “Big data vs Taditional data”, Mumbai, India, 2015.
[3]
Six considerations for big data networks, http://searchsdn.techtarget.com/tip/Six-considerations-for-big-datanetworks
[4]
Abdul Raheem Syed, Kumar Gillela, Dr. C. Venugopal, “The future revolution on Big data”, Hyderabad, India, 2013.
[5]
H.F Qin and Z. H Li, “Research on Method of Big data analysis”, China, 2013.
[6]
Raj Jain, “Networking for Big data”, Chennai, India, 2013.
[7]
Prashant Kumar, Khushboo Pandeya, “Big data and Distributed Data mining”, U.P, India, 2013.
[8]
Jaya Singh, Ajay Rana, “Exploring the Big data Spectrum”, UP, India, 2013.
[9]
Yasin N. Silva, Suzanne W. Dietrich, Jason M. Reed, Lisa M. Tsosie, “Integrating Big Data into the Computing Curricula”, Arizona State University.
[10]
Raj Jain, “Big data Fundamentals”, Saint Louis, 2013.
[11]
Munesh Kataria, Pooja Mittal, “BIG DATA: A Review”, Haryana, India, 2014.
[12]
Bong-Hwa Hong, Hae-Jong Joo, “A study on the Monitoring Model for Traffic Analysis and Application of Big Data”, Seoul, Korea.
[13]
Mikin K. Dagli, Brijesh B. Mehta, “Big Data and Hadoop: A Review”, Wadhwan city, 2014.
[14]
Nathaniel Schenker, “Big Data: Uses and Limitations”, 2013.
[15]
Poornima Sharma, Varun Garg, Prof. Randeep Kaur, Prof. Satendra Sonare, “Big Data in Cloud Environment”, Bhopal, India, 2013.
www.ijmer.in
Webop
edia.c
om/T
116
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
IMPACT OF GENDER DISCRIMINATION ON THE LIVES OF WOMEN: THE CASE OF BEDELE WOREDA, SOUTH WEST ETHIOPIA Michie Nibiret Awoke Department of Sociology Faculty of Social Science & Humanities Ethiopia
Gebre medihinw/mariam Department of Sociology Faculty of Social Science & Humanities Ethiopia
Abstract The paper is designed to study on the impacts of gender discrimination on the lives of rural women in Bedel woreda. The research tried to assess the living condition of women, their contribution in the household, their legal rights and their general socioeconomic situation. Survey is the method used to generate data from sample respondents. In support of the primary data, available literature was reviewed. The survey result indicated that due to the socially constructed gender inequality women are unfortunate of their basic rights and over loaded with household tasks. They are also made to hold secondary position in the household. The secondary position of women in the household affected the exercise of their legal rights. As the finding indicated that women are excluded from control and ownership of resources, access to education, credit services and other basic services. The low access to education resulted in low employment opportunities. In addition, lack of control and ownership over productive resources impede their decision-making power in both the household and the community. Due to all these factors, they are restricted to the tiresome and routine household tasks. With a little help from children, they perform all these activities from early in the morning to mid night. Key words: Gender, Gender Discrimination, Implication www.ijmer.in
117
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Introduction Background of the Study Women are over half of the world’s population and carry out two third of its work and in many cases are not entitled to property right(Anastasia, 1994).Culturally women are considered inferior to men (Anastasia, 1994).In all societies culture plays a crucial role in shaping individual and community life as a system of knowledge, values and beliefs (Tsehai, 1991). The women of Africa are recognized as the prime guardian of cultural values (Tiruwork, 1998). People obtain competence that is considered appropriate for their sex through the socialization process ( Tiruwork, 1998).In African societies allocation of roles and specializations within the family and community is achieved informally based on social and cultural traditions (Janet, 1991).Men and women have differential roles and responsibilities most of which are socially constructed.Women’s numerous responsibilities ranging from house management to productive activities to child care is still giving hard time to women in the rest of their life time. Such burden limits their acquisition and full implementation of new knowledge, hampers the education of their children, limits their income, and affects their health and their participation in the socio-economic development and political activities (Joyce, 1990). In the vast society of Ethiopia, women constitute half of the whole population (CSA, 1994).Women do all the work of subsistence activities, though women put in many more hours of work than men, they were not considered important economically only because their production is hardly marketable(Dejene, 1989). Since their work is not expressed in monetary terms their contribution is not taken into account. A very large number of women are engaged in the informal sector such as gathering and selling fuel wood, selling local drink, petty trade as house maids and in prostitution (Desalegn, 1989). Ethiopian women are www.ijmer.in
118
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
actively involved in all aspects of the society’s life. However, the discriminatory cultural, economic, and social rules and regulations prevailing in the society have prevented women from enjoying equality (Julia, 1993).They are deprived of equal opportunities deprived of basic human rights, denied of equality, liberty and dignity for different reasons(Mitike, 1996 ).and hence are made to lag behind men in many fields of self improvement (Evans ,1996). In the rural areas women work more than 12 hours a day and are responsible for all the house work, for taking care of children and are also expected to participate in all types of economic and social activities(Mitike, 1996).The role played by women and their contribution in many societies is not recognized or neglected by the larger society. Due to this, the role women are playing in the development process of a nation is not well understood (Janet, 1991). The aim of this paper is to address impacts of gender inequality on the lives of women of the study areas in Scio -economic status and decision making activities. The paper concluded witha discussion of some possible interventions that can enhance the equality of women with men in the study area. Objective of the study The objective of the study is to investigate the effects of gender inequality on the lives of women of the study area. Specific Objectives
To study the current socio-economic status of women in the specific woreda To study the participation of women in decision making activities pertaining their lives To look in to the different roles played by women as compared to men To forward recommendations to improve the status of women
www.ijmer.in
119
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Research questions The following research questions addressed in this specific study 1. How is access to and ownership resources determined? 2. What are the status women in socio-economic activities of the study area? 3. What are the contributing factors for gender inequality? 4. How do women perceive their subordination to men? 5. In what economic activities do women participate? 6. To what extent are the rights of women respected and exercised? 7. What does the living condition of women looks like/ 8. Do women take part in decision making activities of a household Methodology andMethods The approach adopted by this paper is cultural feminism thatargued intended to answer. In order to achieve this, a household survey that collect detailed information on socio-economic status and women participation in decision making. The house hold Survey data-set was chosen because of its ability to capture information pertaining.Questioner, interview, focus group discussion (FGD) and document analysis was employed asresearch techniques Sampling technique: The house hold survey
sample consists of
approximately 12,000 households, which translates into approximately 360 individual participants and is weighted to be nationally representative and adequate. By this, households on every nth position (in this case location of houses and their houses in different villages was taken from the sample frame of House no of the households which was obtained from the districts (Woredas). I.e.
position
(selected
individuals) = target population =
12000 = 30
www.ijmer.in
120
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Sample
360
by this, households on, every 1st, 30th, 60th ……position were selected. This sample establishes 30% representation. Methods of Data Analysis and Interpretation: The data secured from the survey was analyzed and interpreted using quantitative statistical tool SPSS (Statistical Package for Social Sciences). First ttest was used to examine whether there is a significant deference between the participation of women in decision making activities pertaining their lives look in to the different roles played by women as compared to men. Second repeated measure ANOVA (RMA) was used to see which aspects of life has more contribution to the current socio-economic status of women in the specific town. Third a simple regression analysis was used to explore the relationship between women in male headed family and female headed family in women decision making. Fourth, Correlation analysis was used to explore the relationship between women and men participation community organizations. Frequencies and percentages were used for organizing and summarizing each question under the major variables. To get detail information on the important aspects of life semi-structured interview was used. The interview related results was analyzed and interpreted qualitatively. In the result section, a response from all respondents was analyzed on each research question. Results Table-1: T -Test analysis of Respondents engagement in income generating activities Respondents’ N Mean Std t-value P participation deviation in income generating activities Women 306 19.17 6.79 -4.62 .000 men 306 21.28 6.63 www.ijmer.in
121
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Table-1 indicates that the difference between men and women participation in income generating activities was significant (t (305) = 4.83, P. < .05. Here the result shows that women who are engaged in income generating activities are those whose monthly income is lower as compared to the other respondents (men). Table- 2: T –Test document analysis of Respondents Access to and control of Land and Ownership of Asset Respondents’ Ownership of Land and Asset men (husbands)
N
Mean
Std deviation
306
38.21
5.30
306
31.26
4.08
t-value
14.60
P
.000
Women(wife)
Table-2 indicates that the difference between men and women in Access to and control of Land and Ownership of Asset was significant (t (305) = 5.3, P. < .05. Here the result shows that men have greater access to land and Ownership of Asset than women respondents. Despite the legal provision of access to land for every citizen, in most parts of the country women are deprived of this right. This implies that since men are the heads of the household, it is only them that can have land and other properties. Lack of access to land in turn limits the decision-making capacity in the household affairs. Moreover, the lack of ownership of the productive asset could further have implication on the decision power of an individual in the household. This seriously undermines women’s ability to strengthen the necessary income for the livelihood of household.
www.ijmer.in
122
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Table-3: T-Test analysis Ownership of the house Asset respondents live in Ownershiphouse&
N
Mean
life stock
Std
t- value
P
deviation
Husband
360
38.04
5.63
Wife
360
35.43
6.10
6.36
.000
The result of T-Test from Table-3 shows that there was a significant difference between husband and wife inOwnership of the house(t (305) = 6. 63, P< .05). That means the houses in which respondents are living in belongs to their husbands.This indicates that the decisionmaking power in the household rests upon the husband. Women cannot claim the house as their own. This implies if the husband want to sell it, the consent of the wife will not be considered. If women want to benefit from credit facilities, they cannot use the house as collateral unless and otherwise the husband is willing. Table -4: Correlation Analysis for Participation of women and men in some of the community organizations) Community organizations
household gender husband
wife
Iqub
.218*
.205*
Idir
.178*
.114
Mahiber
.089
.166*
credit services
178*
114
Table-4
above
shows
the
relationship
between
Community
organizationsand household gender participation. Accordingly, the
www.ijmer.in
123
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
majority of women are members of Idir (r=.205, N=360, P<.05) and the majority of men are members of Iqub (r=.218, N=306, P<.05). In another word women have more participation than men in Mahiber (r=.166, N=306, P<.05). In the case of using credit services there is a big difference between husband and wife that wives have lower participation in using credit services (r=.114, N=306, P<.05) that generate income. Women who do not participate in Iqub might not afford the monthly or weekly contribution or their husbands are members of one of the Idirs. It is observed that women highly take part in this particular institution. Iqub participants are those who are engaged in some kind of income generating activities. This institution helped them to boost their business activity. Since regular saving is the basis, women with no income source cannot benefit from this institution. As part of their social life, women involve in various activities of the community they are living in. Among this participating in ‘Idir’ and Mahiber (local community organizations) are the major community activities that women actively participate in addition to the other domestic tasks. But without their husband’s permission, they cannot schedule their time to participate in these social activities. In addition, they cannot expect any kind of mutual support from members of the community. Table-5: T-Test analysis of Respondents’ reason for not benefiting from credit facilities Stability
N
Mean
attribution Fear of getting bankrupt
Std
t-value
P
deviation 306
40.21
6.30
306
33.26
5.08
18.80
.000
Lack of collateral www.ijmer.in
124
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
As it can be seen from Table-5 there is a very significant difference between Fear of getting bankrupt and Lack of collateral (t (305) =18.8, P< .05. This means that the women attributed their perceived fear of using credit Fear of getting bankrupt factors more than lack of collateral. Most of the respondents said that they are afraid of getting bankruptand might fail to pay back if they start business by taking credit from institutions. This might emanate from lack of business skill and encouragement from the other side (husbands). Still this might be attributed that they could not fulfill the necessary requirements to get credit, as they do not have asset or collateral. In most cases, all resources belong to their husbands and women cannot claim as their own. Credit services help people who want to engage in business but lack the capital or money to start up and run that business. Everyone in principle is equal to benefit from credit services if there are creditproviding organizations. This means men and women regardless of their sex have equal right as far as they meet the requirements of credit giving organizations. Here, we can raise different issues with respect to women’s access to credit services. The first one is due to male dominance and control of all productive resources in the household; women cannot meet the necessary requirements to get credit. This means they do not have the collateral to benefit from credit services. Thirdly, where the productive activities are owned jointly with their husbands (rare situations), men do not agree with their wives listing different reasons. This might be attributed to the perception that household tasks will not be properly managed and the domain for women is home activity. Fourthly, women, even if they have the skill in running business activities, they are afraid of getting bankrupt. Lastly, as a main agent in house management,
www.ijmer.in
125
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
they do not have the time to work other duties other than domestic chores. Table -6:Women in decision-making activities (Major decisionmaker over respondents’ family income) decision-making in family income
N
Mean
Std deviation
Husband
306
23.81
7.99
Wife
306
18.64
7.69
t- value
17.01
P
.000
Table-6 above shows that there is a significant difference between Husband and Wife in family income decision (t (305) =17.01, P< .05). Here also the husbands have more power than women (Wives) in making decision of Family Income. Women are denied of the right to decide even over issues that affect their own lives. In the survey area too, most women are not the decision-makers in their household. How, where, when and on what to spend the income is the responsibility of their male partners. This is because men are the breadwinners in most of the households. This is the reason forwarded by the respondents for not having the right to decide on the income brought by somebody else. This indicates the subordinate position of women. It also puts the saying that husband and wife are one under question mark. The right given by law to both parties in this regard is not respected and practiced. On the other hand, the income brought by women is inspected by men and women are not the one to decide on it. This shows that men totally control their wives in every direction.
www.ijmer.in
126
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Table 7 : Correlation Analysis for Academic grade attended by respondents (Access to education) Grade
Level
(G.L)
Gender women
men
Non-Educated
.301*
.265*
1-3 G.L
.318*
.217*
4-6 G.L
.280*
.394*
7-8 G.L
.275*
.271*
>8G.L
.261*
.331*
Table-7 above depicts the relationship between Gender and education grade level. As it was shown that the majority of the respondents who reported that they passed through formal education are in the grade level 1-3. (r=.32, N=360, P<.05), Non-Educated (r=.30, N=360, P<.05), grade level 4-6. (r=.28, N=360, P<.05) and grade level 7-8 (r=.27, N=204. P<.05) respectively. On the other hand majority of men have followed 4-6 (r=.39, N=360, P<.05), >8 G.L (r=.331, N=360, P<.05) and 7-8 G.L (r=.28, N=360, P<.05) The last grade others attended is also in the range of primary education. This shows that all the reasons for not sending girls to school are really practiced in the area. Especially early marriage without the consent of the girl might be the major contributing factor to the low level of women’s education in the surveyed area. Since education is a process through which people acquire different skills and knowledge to carry out their personal career, it is expected that it serve all people equally without discrimination. This means all people benefit from it on equal ground
www.ijmer.in
127
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Table -8: Preference of family in educating Children Source of
N
Mean
fuel wood Daughters (girls)
Std
t-value
P
deviation 360
20.17
7.79
360
22.28
7.63
4.83
.000
Sons (boys)
Table-8 above shows that there is a significant difference between Sons (boys) and Daughters (girls) in access to education (t (305) =4.83, P< .05). Here also the Sons (boys have more power than Daughters (girls (Wives) in continuing their education. Women are denied of the equal right to learn. The low access to education due to lack of schools in the nearby place especially for rural parts may hamper the equal participation of men and women. Table -9: Correlation Analysis for female and male ages of marriage Gender age of marriage (Ag.M)
Females
Males
12-15 Ag.M
.401*
.365*
16-19 Ag.M
.418*
.317*
20-24 Ag.M
.380*
.494*
25-30 Ag.M
.375*
. 431*
>30 Ag.M
.361*
.371*
Table-9 above depicts the relationship between Gender and age of marriage. As it was shown that the majority of women who reported www.ijmer.in
128
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
that they married at lower age 16-19. (r=.418, N=306, P<.05), 12-15 Ag.M (r=.401, N=306, P<.05), 20-24 Ag.M (r=.38, N=306, P<.05) and 25-30 Ag.M (r=.375, N=306. P<.05) respectively. On the other hand majority of men have married at 20-24 (r=.494, N=306, P<.05), 25-30 Ag.M (r=.431, N=360, P<.05) and >30 Ag.M (r=.371, N=306, P<.05). The cultural (negative) attitude of parents towards the education of women might be the major factor contributing to the unequal age marriage of males and females. In the study area, the women marry at early age. This leads to the low educational level of women. Rather than sending their girls to school, parents prefer to let them get married at their early ages. The assumption that women are inferior to men has affected women negatively from attending education. Due to the low level of education, their business skill is very much limited and will not have the initiation to get credit and engage in business activities. Table -10: Respondents’ sex preference of their children Preference of sex of children
More girls
N
Mean
Std deviation
306
20.17
7.79
306
22.28
7.63
t-value
-4.83
P
.000
More boys Table-10 above indicates that the difference between sex Preference of boys and sex Preference of boys was significant (t (305) = -4.83, P. < .05. Here the family preferred more boys than girls. This might be due to the high respect given to men culturally. From another angle, it can be said that since they are not living a better life, they do not want to have more girls who will face their life experience. www.ijmer.in
129
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Table-11: family leadership style and decision making pattern Variables
B
Std.error
β
t-
P
value Constant
5.956
1.013
female headed
.029
.027
male headed
.025
.034
5.88
.000
. 91
1.05
.293
. 63
.73
.465
N=208 R2=.05, F=1.96
As it is depicted in the above Table-9, the regression was showed: F (2,206) =1.96, P>.05. The model explains 5% of variance (R2=.05) in family leadership for by women in male headed family and women in female headed family for decision making. Furthermore it was shown that female headed family leadership style was significant predictors of decision making. By this omen in female headed family are more effective in decision making. Table-11: Tests of Within Subjects Effects for Gender Discrimination Factors Source
discriminationSphericity assumed Green- house Geisser Huynh-Feldt Lower bound
Type III sum of squares
df
Mean square
Sig
Partial eta squared
19
15.078
13.77
.000
.064
297.885
15
19.184
13.77
.000
.064
297.885
16
17.614
13.77
.000
.064
297.885
1
297.885
13.77
.000
.064
297.885
4391.465
3857
1.139
Error (discrimination) Sphericity assumed
4391.465
3152
1.393
Greenhouse- Geisser
4391.465
3428
1.281
4391.465
305
21.633
Huynh-Feldt
F
Lower bound
www.ijmer.in
130
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
As it was depicted in table-5, there was a significant effect of areas of life on the perceived gender discrimination F (19, 3857) =13.77), P< .05, partial eta (proportion of variance explained) = .064. This means one or other factor(s) contributed than the rest factor(s) for the gender discrimination. For this outcome dimension, eleven levels of areas of life were used. For this purpose, Post-hoc pair wise comparison of Bonferroni procedure was done (see Appendix-B). This comparison is described as follows. Table 12 : Factor Contributions for gender discrimination (Aspects of life) No. Perceived Causes of arias of discrimination
Mean
SD
N
1
access to control over land
3.99
.85
306
2
division of labor
4.09
.91
306
3
access to education
3.99
.93
306
4
Ownership of house
3.86
.98
306
5
access to credit services
3.69
1.08
306
6
decision making affairs
right in family 3.85
1.11
306
7
participation in informal sector
3.65
1.04
306
8
Ownership of resources and asset
3.99
1.18
306
9
participation in income generating 4.03 activities
1.22
306
10
fertility control
3.53
1.07
306
11
Ownership of life stock
3.64
1.43
306
The post Hoc test ofBonferroni pair wise comparison shows that factor 2 (division of labor (s) was found to be the most contributing factor www.ijmer.in
131
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
(M=4.09, S.D=.89) for gender discrimination followed by other factors in their levels of importance. Accordingly, access to control over land (M=3.99, SD=.875), access to education (M=3.99, SD=.928), participation in income generating activities (M=4.03, SD=1.21), ownership of asset (M=3.99, SD=1.18) Ownership of house (M=3.86, SD=.98), decision making right in family affairs (M=3.85, SD=1.11), parent help (M=3.72, SD, 1.37) participation in community activities( (M=3.70, SD=1.15), access to credit services (M=3.69, SD=1.07), participation in informal sector (M=3.65, SD=1.04), Ownership of life stock (M=3.64, SD=1.43), fertility control (M=3.53, SD=1.07)) contributed respectively according to their level of importance. Interview (Qualitative) Part of analysis To get detail information about the life aspects under which women are discriminated some of the respondents were asked semi-structured interview questions. Interview on the major reasons for women not participating in income generating activities The major reasons as reported by the respondents for not participating in income generating activities are lack of time because of the over burdening of domestic chores, lack of good will from husband side, lack of money, lack of business skill and satisfaction with what they have. Since there is no one to share the domestic chores, one respondent said “my husband does not allow me to go outside and engage in business activities due to the fear of getting bankrupt”. Others also reported that the domestic tasks would not be properly managed if they have to work outside. Women respondents who said they lack money do not know the available credit institutions or they do not have the collateral to benefit from credit services. It is reported that there are both governmental and non-governmental organizations providing credit.
www.ijmer.in
132
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Majority of the respondents said that their husbands take the income earned by them and use it for different personal purposes while others said they spend the income they earn on household consumption. There are some husbands, who do not work in general but engaged in chewing chat every day. The income source for these people is not work but their wives. It is also noted that even when the source of household income is both or only women, the decision- maker is men. Interview on the Women Household Activities According to the woreda civil service and finance and economic development office, women comprise of 49.5% of the total population in the woreda. The women in the woreda are characterized by low literacy rate. Due to the low level of education, they lack the necessary skill and knowledge to engage in formal employment. The participation of women in decision-making activities like women in other parts of the country is very much limited to simple cases. Most of the decisions even pertaining to their lives are passed by men. The participation of women in these activities is to supplement the family consumption expenditure. Activities related to food preparation for household consumption are performed by women. These activates are performed side by side with other domestic chores. In the surveyed community, the work that only women can be engaged in is clearly specified. However, it is reported that most of the works that are categorized as men’s duty could also be done by women in the absence of men. They participate both in productive and reproductive activities. The study result revealed that women have a very tight schedule. With this tight schedule, they perform many activities and the load they shouldered is very heavy. In the rular woreda, going to the grinding mill, which takes some, time affects the time spent on the other household tasks. In some instances, even though mill service is available; women are dependent on the www.ijmer.in
133
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
traditional grinding stone, which is labor intensive. This might be due to the lack of money to cover the cost of milling and there are foods, which can only be processed by the traditional grinding stone. Since the traditional grinding stone is laborious and time taking, it shows that the pressure women have resisted is very high. In addition to the responsibilities mentioned above, inset processing is the other duty of women. The production is usually carried out by men. Here, there is clear division of labor based on gender differences. Even if the production is assumed the responsibility of men, manuring and weeding are performed by women. The energy input to process inset like the traditional grinding stone is much higher. All these activities involve the labor and time of women. This implies the assignment of roles based on gender lines disfavors women. Interview on Fuel wood Collection and Fetching water Like other parts of rural Ethiopia, fuel wood is the only source of energy they use for cooking. All the respondents reported that fuel wood is the major source of energy. The households supplement this single source of energy with cow dung. Respondents source of fuel wood are forest and the market. They responded that they gather fuel wood three or two days in a week. The frequency is higher for this group of people because they collect fuel wood for both market and household consumption. Fuel wood collection from the forest demands much time, strength and traveling longer distance. According to the respondents, only women and female children are involved in gathering fuel wood from the forest. Men do not involve in any kind of fuel wood collection. This entire burden emanates from the culturally constructed gender disparity has put pressure on women to carry out much of the tasks. The frequency of going to the field to collect firewood varies from household to household.
www.ijmer.in
134
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
As part of the household activity, the other duty of women is fetching water. Even though there is communal piped water in the Woreda, from the sampled households, some of the respondents use plastic container to fetch while others use pots made from clay. The respondents explained that those who fetch in two containers put one at their back and the other with their hand to reduce the time spent in waiting for their turn since the water point is common for many people. Here even if they do not waste much time in traveling longer distance to fetch water, but they spent a considerable amount of time in waiting for their turn. The time that can be used for other purposes has been wasted in water points, as there is no one to share the other domestic tasks. Most of the respondents fetch water twice and three times in a day. This is because the water points give service three times in one day i.e. morning, noon and sun set. In the surveyed community, the work that only women can be engaged in is clearly specified. However, it is reported that most of the works that are categorized as men’s duty could also be done by women in the absence of men. They participate both in productive and reproductive activities. The interview result shows that all the domestic tasks are the sole responsibility of women and daughters. Only some of them said it is the responsibility of both women and daughters to accomplish the domestic tasks. The study result revealed that women have a very tight schedule. With this tight schedule, they perform many activities and the load they shouldered is very heavy. All of these activities involve smaller other duties. According to the respondents, the time spent to accomplish all the daily tasks ranges from 14-16 hours. Besides the overall home management, they also engage other productive activities outside the home. On the other hand, the families many of the respondents have vegetable garden around their homestead. According to the respondents, both men and women take part in growing the vegetables. This task gives another hard time www.ijmer.in
135
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
for women in addition to the domestic chores. Moreover, they are the one’s to take the grown vegetables to the market for sale. In those households who rear domestic animals, the major caretakers are women. Interview on decision making about family planning and fertility In the survey area too, most women are not the decision-makers in their household. With regard to the family income, most respondents said that they do not have the right to decide over it. How, where, when and on what to spend the income is the responsibility of their male partners. This seems that men are the breadwinners in most of the households. This is the reason forwarded by the respondents for not having the right to decide on the income brought by somebody else. On the other hand, a considerable number of respondents said that their husband decides on the number of children they should have. This means the wife will give birth after birth whether or not it affects her health condition. Such a behavior definitely contributes to the increase in the national fertility rate, which is much higher than the economic growth rate. Interview on ownership of Ownership of Assetand household animals From those families who have interviewed majority of them said that it is the sole responsibility of men to decide whether to sell or consume those animals. Respondents who reported that both wife and husband have equal say to decide whether to sell or consume these animals are very minimum. Here the figure is a bit higher because the animal that these families have is chicken. Since the value of chicken is smaller as compared to other animals, women are entitled to own chicken. The above fact shows that most of the women are not owners of household
www.ijmer.in
136
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
animals. Their subordinate position in the household is also manifested on the ownership of livestock. Ownership of asset is the indication of wealth of individuals, their status in the community and decision-making power in a household. The ownership of asset belongs to the head of household usually men. The study area women are not owners of the asset the household owns for the reasons associated with the cultural construct. If we take the houses they are living in, it is registered in the name of men. In addition respondents explained that they are not empowered even to inherit land from their parents. Interview on Respondents reason for not using contraceptives Even though there is incompatibility between income and number of children, they are in need of more children. Three of the respondents replied that their husbands do not allow them to use contraceptives even if they want to do so. This shows the real subordinate position of women. If they cannot exercise their own wills, it will be difficult to say men and women are equal. Lack of awareness about the availability of contraceptives is also indicated as one reason. This might be associated with the low level of education and access to media. With regard to husbands use of contraceptives, all of the respondents reported that their husbands do not use contraceptives either for spacing or to limit fertility. Most of the respondents were surprised when this question is forwarded to them. They all asked, “Is there a contraceptive that a man can use”. This clearly shows that contraceptive of women is the widely known, available and promoted through the media, meetings and other means. The knowledge about contraceptives is also taken as only women’s duty. This emanates from the poor communication while promoting contraceptives. This might also be the reflection of gender disparity i.e. men are superior they can do whatever whereas women are inferior they are the only ones to use contraceptives.
www.ijmer.in
137
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Conclusion The results of this specific study showed that gender division of labor varies from men to women Gender power relations became in favor of men. The value given to the tasks of men and women is also different. A high value is ascribed to men’s activities and lower value to the tasks carried out by women. With regard to access to and control over resources, the study result reveals that men and women are regarded differently. It is assumed that the control of resources is the right of men. Though women play a crucial role in producing and providing food to sustain the livelihood of the family, they have limited access to and control over different resources. Their control over land, income, and decision in the household became very much limited. Women are not entitled to the use right of most of the productive resources. Land, which is the major productive resource, is controlled by men. Men are also the owners of household animals. From the household most of life stocks are owned by men while, only some cows and chickens are owned by women. Even if women own these animals, men have also the right to claim as their own and can decide whether to sell or consume. Despite the constitutional right to control land, women of the study area are not treated equally as men counterparts. Almost no woman who is living with her husband has land by her name. Very few women own asset of the household. Most of the houses are owned by men. The cultural assumption that men are heads of household made women to stay behind. Despite their significant role, the participation of the study area women in the use and control over resources is low. Asset ownership is the manifestation of the above reality. Lack of ownership of asset negatively affected their decisionmaking power in household affairs, status in the community and individual development and prosperity. Bedelle Rural Woreda women www.ijmer.in
138
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
perform a limitless activity in the household from early in the morning to mid night. They participate in both productive and reproductive work of a household. They are engaged in household activities, incomegenerating activities and other community activities which involve smaller income. The household activities are routine and tedious, which is a very tiresome activity and has an impact on the general health condition of women. Side by side, while performing the various household chores, they also take part in outside chores. Fetching water and fuel wood collection either from market or from the forest is the other duty that women have shouldered. The time spent to wait for their turns elongates their working time until mid-night. They also exert great energy and spend much time to collect fuel wood especially from the forest. The livelihood of many of the women respondents is dependent on small-scale trading, agriculture and daily labour. Only few of the respondents is employed in formal activities. The major areas of employment are the informal sector. Others could not even work in the informal sector due to various reasons. They are simply homemakers and responsible for the domestic chores. Lack of money and business skill and the overburdening of household tasks are mentioned as the major obstacles to engage in profit making activities or get employment in the informal sector. Even though there are credit-providing institutions in the study area, small number of respondents has access to the services. The majority do not benefit from credit services due to lack of collateral, the unwillingness of the husbands, lack of business skill, and fear of getting bankrupt. Decision-making power of Bedelle Rural Woreda women is limited to minor activities. Decisions on the degree of participation in community activities are in their domain. Major decisions related to how and on
www.ijmer.in
139
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
what to spend the income of the family and sell of the big assets is the sole responsibility of men. Women of the study area are also denied of the right to education. The reason for the low employment in the formal sector is associated with the low level of education. Few respondents have attended primary level education. However, they could not extend their education to secondary and tertiary level due to the practice of early marriage. The actual fertility behavior of the study area is found to be high. They are still in need of big size of children. Despite contraceptive services in the area, many of the respondents do not use contraceptives to limit the size of their children. Surprisingly, the number of children of contraceptive user respondents is more than five or wants to have more than that. This shows that they are not controlling their fertility behavior that affects their life negatively Among the different life women are more discriminated in unfair division of labor, access to and control over land and other assets or resources and access to education. In general, the study has established that women play a crucial role in sustaining the household. Their immense participation and contribution to the smooth functioning of the household is not given due attention. In contrary, they were denied of their basic rights and made to play triple role i.e. productive, reproductive and community activities. Recommendations Based on the findings of the study, the following recommendations are forwarded by the researcher. Encourage
religious
leaders
and
influential
persons
to
participate actively in the promotion and implementation of gender equality. Educate women and encourage them to communicate, discuss and to decide on family issues equally and jointly with spouses. www.ijmer.in
140
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Encourage and educate males to get involved in the household activities to ease the burden of women. In addition to the formulated laws, the state should take tangible measures to ensure women’s access and control over resources. Effective and consecutive education about the use and purpose of family planning must be given to the couples targeting on both the wife and the husband that are found within reproductive age group to enable them form a small family size. Follow up the law enacted against early marriage that will impede the personal development of women. Educate males to support their wives and encourage their participation in family planning program to use the available modern contraceptive method. Avail the opportunities and enhance the participation of women in education to avoid early marriage and the norm of large family size Interventions that enhance employment opportunities for women should be undertaken. This action would promote and enhance the capacity of women. Non-formal or adult education services should be available for women who have not attended formal education. The state should be practically committed to the availability of adequate research work on the lives of women for further intervention. References 1. Anastasia J. Gage/Wamucii Njogu, (1994). Gender Inequalities and Demographic Behavior. www.ijmer.in
The population council, inc. Newyork. 141
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
2. Central Statistical Authority (1994). Population and Housing Census. Addis Ababa 3. Dejene Aredo, (1989). The Gender Division of Labor in Ethiopian Agriculture: A Study of Time Allocation among People in Private and Cooperative Farms in Two Villages. Addis Ababa Ethiopia 4. Desalegn Rahmato, (1989). Rural Women in Ethiopia: Problems and Perspectives.In Proceedings of the 1st University Seminar on Gender Issues in Ethiopia. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia 5. Evans, H.E (1996). “Rural-Urban Relations, Household Income Diversificatio and Agricultural Productivity”, Journal of Development and Change, Vol.21 (1- 5), pp798-812. 6. Janet Henshall Momsen, (1991). Women and Development in the Third World. Routledge,London 7. Joyce McCarl Nielsen, (1990). Sex and Gender in Society: Perspectives on Stratification. Second edition, Waveland press, inc. 8. Julia Cleves Mosse, (1993). Half the world Half a chance. An Introduction to Gender and Development. Oxfam Mitike Molla and Kidist Lulu, ( ). Evaluation of the Women’s Policy Implementation in Addis Ababa. Unpublished 9. Tiruwork Tizazu, (1998). Access to Resources and Productivity of Female Headed Households: The case of East Gojam and North Shoa Zone. Thesis presented to School of Graduat Studies, AAU, Addis Ababa. 10. Tsehai, B.S. (1991). Gender Issues in Ethiopia, Institute of Ethiopian Studies:Addis Ababa University
www.ijmer.in
142
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
INDIA’S PERFORMANCE IN ERADICATING EXTREME POVERTY AND HUNGER : THE FIRST AND FOREMOST MDGs Mr.Y. Hemantha Kumar Lecturer in Economics S.V.Degree College Parvathipuram,A.P.
Backdrop of Millennium Development Goals (MDGs): The Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) are commonly described as ‘roadmap for world development by 2015’. They embody the core content of the current development agenda of global governance. They are treated as current the frame work of International development cooperation to which there would allegedly be no alternative. All countries and development agents have so far proven to comply with this frame work, reasoning and operating inside the box. The MDG frame work will remain valid until at least 2015, the target date established for its implementation. Although not a legally binding instrument, nor even a formal UN resolution, the MDG framework has in practice acquired a politically and morally completing character. Origin and History of MDGs: In the 1990s, UN member states went through an intense, historically unprecedented UN Conference process, aimed at building consensus on development priorities for the 21st century. A consensus was proclaimed, even if the acrimonious debates that marked some of the conferences (1994 Cairo Conference on Population and 1995 Beijing Conference on women in particular) were proof of the fakeness of the consensus. At the end of the 1990s, governments experienced
www.ijmer.in
143
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
conference fatigue and those actors at the rudder of global governance feared the process launched by the conferences was losing steam. The year 2000was on opportunity the UN did not want to miss to reengage governments. Under the influence of the UN Secretariat, at the Millennium Summit held in New York in September 2000, 189 UN member-states adopted the Millennium Declaration – a declaration which ideologically builds on the Conference process of the 1990s. The Declaration, signed by 147 heads of states (including India), substantially draws from the UN Secretary General Millennium Report published in April 2000, we the peoples: The Role of the United Nations in the 21st Century. The history of the intergovernmental declaration reveals the key role played by the UN Secretariat in the drafting process, which raises the question: does the declaration express the views of sovereign governments and the will of the people these governments represent (or) those of the experts consulted by the UN Secretariat? A year later, in August 2001, the UN Secretariat published the 8 Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). The goals were devised, not by governments, through an open debate as would have been desirable, if the goals were to express the will of the people in developing countries, but by a “working committee drawn from a range of UN Bodies, including the World Bank, the International Monitory Fund (IMF), UNICEF, the Population Fund and the World Health Organization (WHO), as well as the organization for Economic Cooperation and Development”. The goals were not the object of a formal resolution of the UN General Assembly, but it was taken for granted that they reformulated the inter governmental declaration and were to frame international development cooperation until 2015. The history of goals’ origin makes it clear that they are not, strictly speaking, an inter governmental product, but an initiative driven by the UN Secretariat and its “experts”: a fuzzy formal-informal situation.
www.ijmer.in
144
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
The MDG Process: The UN Secretary General invited heads of state and government for a summit at the opening of the General Assembly in September 2005 in New York in order to review progress towards the goals. 170 heads of state and government participated in the event on September 20-22, 2010, a UN High level plenary meeting of the UN General Assembly on MDGs was held. Ever since 2005, the UN Secretariat has issued a yearly Millennium Development Goals Report. The report is based on a master set of data compiled by an Inter-Agency and Expert Group on MDG Indicators, led by the Department of Economic and Social Affairs of the UN Secretariat. The MDGs inspires a global lobby, the End Poverty 2015 Millennium Campaign, which describes itself as a growing global movement of people who are demanding that their government honor their commitments to achieve the MDGs by 2015. The history of the MDG progress since its origin reveals that sovereign governments are not in the driver’s seat, but are themselves driven by a host of partners whose identity often remains nebulous: experts appointed (or) consulted by the UN Secretariat, Statisticians the UN Secretariat and other UN bodies, other international organizations, financial institutions, bilateral agencies, the private sector, NGOs and pressure groups. The 8 Millennium Development Goals (MDGs): 1. Eradicate Extreme Poverty 2. Achieve Universal Primary Education 3. Promote Gender Equality and Empower Women 4. Reduce Child Mortality 5. Improve Maternal Health 6. Combat HIV/AIDS, Malaria and TB 7. Ensure Environmental Sustainability
www.ijmer.in
145
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
8. Develop a Global Partnership for Development What have the Millennium Development Goals Achieved Globally? The UN has called the MDGs the most successful anti-poverty movement in history, but what progress has been made on each of the goals? The millennium development goals have targeted eight key areas – poverty, education, gender equality, child mortality, maternal health, disease, the environment and global partnership. Each goal is supported by 21 specific targets and more than 60 indicators. Below, we’ve looked at what has been achieved on some of the targets within each goal. MDG 1: The number of people living on less than $ 1.25 a day has been reduced from 1.9 billion in 1990 to 8.36 million in 2015, although the target of halving the proportion of people suffering from hunger was narrowly missed. MDG 2: Primary school enrolment figures have shown an impressive rise, but the goal of achieving universal primary education has just been missed, with the net enrollment rate increasing from 83 percent in 2000 to 91 percent this year. MDG 3: About two thirds of developing countries have achieved gender parity in primary education. MDG 4: The child mortality rate has reduced by more than half over the past 25 years – falling from 90 to 43 deaths per 1000 live births – but it has failed to meet the MDG target of a drop of two-thirds MDG 5: The global material mortality ratio has fallen by nearly halfshort of the two-thirds reduction the MDGs aimed for. MDG 6: The target of halting and beginning to reverse the spread of HIV/AIDS by 2015 has not been met, although, the number of new HIV infections fell by around 40 percent between 2000 and 2013.
www.ijmer.in
146
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
MDG 7: Some 2.6 billion people have gained access to improved drinking water since 1990, so the target of halving the proportion of people without access to improved sources of water was achieved in 2010-five years ahead of schedule. However, 663 million people across the world still do not have access to improved drinking water. MDG 8: Between 2000 and 2014, overseas development assistance from rich nations to developing countries increased by 66 percent in real terms and in 2013 reached the record figure of $ 134.8 billion. Millennium Development Goals – India’s Performance in Goal_1 India’s MDG framework is based on UNDG’s MDG 2003 framework, and it includes all the eight goals, 12 out of the 18 targets (Targets 1 to 11 and 18) which are relevant for India and related 35 indicators. The MDG framework of the country was contextualized through a concordance with the existing official indicators of corresponding dimensions in the national statistical system. This process, witnessed dropping some targets and indicators, which are not relevant for India (or) due to non-availability of sufficiently reliable data and modifying including some indicators found better suited to the Indian context. A detailed account and analysis of India’s achievement for all the MDGs and targets with respect to the related indicators as per India’s MDG framework is presented below: MDG 1: Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger Target 1: Halve, between 1990 and 2015, the proportion of people whose income is less than one dollar a day. The all India Poverty Head Count Ration (PHCR) estimate was 47.8 percent in 1990. In order to meet the target the PHCR level has to be 23.9 percent 2015. In 2011-12 the PHCR at all India level is 21.9 percent which shows that, India has already achieved the target well ahead of time.
www.ijmer.in
147
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
At all India level, the share of the poorest quintile in the total consumption is lower in the urban areas than in rural areas. During 1993-94 to 2011-12, in urban areas, the indicator (URP methodology) showed a decline from 8.0 percent in 1993-94 to 6.97 percent in 200910, and then showed a slight improvement 7.1 percent in 2011-12. In rural areas, the share of poorest quintile steadily declined from 9.6 percent in 1993-94 to 9.1 percent in 2011-12. Target 2: Halve, between 1990 and 2015 the proportion of people who suffer from hunger It is estimated that in 1990 and 2015 the proportion of underweight children below three years were 52 percent. In order to meet the target, the proportion of underweight children should decrease to 26 percent by 2015. The National Family Health Survey shows that, the proportion of underweight children below 3 years declined 43 percent in 1998-90 to 40 percent in 2005-06. At this rate of decline the proportion of underweight children below three years is expected to reduce to 33 percent by 2015. Which indicates India is falling short of the target. Thus, India reached target-1 and ahead of it but,far behind to reach target-2 of MDG -1 CONCLUSION: To eradicate extreme poverty and hunger child nutrition levels need to be improved References;
NFHS-3
Indias Health Report-2015
Indias MDG Report
www.ijmer.in
148
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016 FLEXIBLE REACTIVE POWER CONTROL IN MULTIGROUP CURRENT-SOURCED HVDC INTERCONNECTIONS T.Venkatesh Assistant Professor WITS,Warangal
www.ijmer.in
P.Swarnalatha M.Tech(PE) Assistant Professor WITS,Warangal
149
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
150
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
151
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
152
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
153
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
154
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
155
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
156
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
MICRO FINANCE INSTITUTIONS IMPACT ON UNORGANISED SECTOR Palla Rajyalakshmi Lecturer in Commerce SVVP VMC Degree & PG College MVP Colony, Visakhapatnam Abstract Micro Finance Institutions (MFI) plays a key role in the Developing economies to develop the poor people under poverty line who do not have an access to formal Banking facilities. By the encouragement of National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD) Micro Finance provides loans to the self-helpgroups (SHG) for selfemployment, women’s empowerment and entrepreneurship. These loans are being utilized for their growth and in fulfilling their financial needs.Micro Finance Institutions plays prominent role on elimination of poverty by its functions. Key Words: MFI, NABARD, SHG.RBI, NBFC, MFO,Poverty. INTRODUCTION Micro Finance is the provision of financial services to low income people entrepreneurs and small business lacking access to banking and related services.in addition to that the microfinance also provides other basic financial services such savings, money transfer and insurance for poor people and weaker section of economy ultimately the goal of micro finance is to give low income people an opportunity to become selfsufficient by providing a way to save money borrow money and get insurance. It is increasingly being considered as one of the most effective tools of reducing poverty.it has a significant role in bridging in the gap between the formal financial institutions and rural poor. In the earlier days the services of the banks and the financial institutions are exclusively for those people who financially strong and www.ijmer.in
157
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
have enough money however a person from he weaker section of economy was unable to avail these services. There comes the concept of the micro finance. NEED FOR THE STUDY: The micro finance growth and transformation of micro finance institutions in India with different features in providing services. The structure of micro finance institutions has been discussed and in order to penetrate in to the poverty and downtrodden segment for their alleviation .the growth with the transformation of MFIs studied by SGH banking linkage programmes .though there was dependence on the financial intuitions, the progress of MFIswas significant however it has been found that there is absence of regularity control in India and interference of political sensitivity in the MFOs more over it was found that goverence within the MFIs was weak. Having examined various options by concluded that there is no ideal or easy path for MFIs to main stream in India .this has implication for regulatory frame work. There should be regulatory changes that allow smaller MFOs to get into more complex forms as their grow organically. Micro finance attracts the SELF HELP GROUPS by providing loans and solving their financial needs like •
Expanding their existing business
• Utilizing for their personal purposes (E.g.: education, marriage, personal loans etc…) It plays a vital role in increasing the standard of living by creating empowerment to women, providing job opportunities among the communities which in turn increase per capital income and national income.
www.ijmer.in
158
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Objectives of the study: To promote self-sufficiency and economic development of people. To support the entrepreneurs in expanding a business. To provide various job opportunities among communities. To establish a entrepreneurship.
healthy
empowerment
in
women
It supports to increase in per capital income and standard of living. To mobilize people towards savings. Methodology This a descriptive research paper based on secondary data have been collected through books various websites , magazines, newspapers and publication of recent research papers available in different websites research articles, research journals ,E-journals, RBI report, and report of NABARD etc…. MICROFINANCE ORIGIN The history of micro financing can be traced back as far as the middle of the 1800s, when the theorist Lysander Spooner was writing about the benefits of small credits to entrepreneurs and farmers as a way of getting the people out of poverty. Independently of Spooner, Friedrich Wilhelm Raiffeisen founded the first cooperative lending banks to support farmers in rural Germany. A group of Indian women have assembled to make bamboo products that they intend to resell. Two women talk about financial matters. The woman on the right is a loan officer for the Small Enterprise Foundation (SEF). The conversation shown is taking place in Tzaneen, South Africa in February 2010. The system of microfinance was introduced about 28 years back with an www.ijmer.in
159
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
organization of Grameen Bank in Bangladesh by a famous economist Prof. MohammedYunus. He was starting and shaping the modern industry of micro financing. He observed that most villagers were unable to obtain credit at reasonable rates. So he began to lend them money from his own pocket, allowing the villagers to buy materials for projects like weaving bamboo tools and making pots (New York Times, 1997). Another pioneer in this sector is Akhtar Hameed Khan. In India, the National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD) took this Idea and started the concept of microfinance in India. Under this mechanism, there exists a Link between SHGs (Selfhelp groups), NGOs and banks. SHGs are formed and nurtured by NGOs and only after accomplishing a certain level of maturity in terms of their internal thriftThe Grameen Bank of Bangladesh has developed a joint liability model that its MFIs are using suited for local conditions. When choosing a village the MFI conduct a comprehensive survey to brief the potential for operations and the local conditions in a village. The MFI are evaluating some key factors like village population, degree of poverty, road accessibility, political stability and safety. When a village has been selected, the MFI introduces its mission, methodology and the services they are offering. After the informational presentation interested women are gathered in group formations. They have to be in the age between 18 and 59. The women put them self together in groups of five to serve as guarantors for each other. Earlier experience has shown that a group of five persons is small enough to create group pressure between the members, enforcing them to be loyal to each other. In case someone of the group members is not able to repay the loan the group is big enough to help with the payments. The company does not influence the selection of group members nor the decision regarding the income generation
www.ijmer.in
160
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
activity nor the loan amount they intend to take. Group members must live close to each other and cannot be related to each other. If a borrower defaults on her loan, the entire group typically is penalized and sometimes barred altogether from taking further loans. This peer pressure encourages borrowers to be very selective about their peer group members and to repay loans in full and on time. Then the group training begins, usually as a five day program. The purpose is to educate the members in the procedures of the financial products, delivery methods, calculation of interest rates, business development skills and how to sign their names. The members are also taught in quality management, to identify an income generation activity, how to set prices and how to market. They field staff also build a culture of credit discipline and collective responsibility. FEATURES OF MICRO FINANCE It is an essential part of rural finance. It deals in small loans. It basically concentrates on the poor households. It is more service oriented and less profit oriented. It is meant to assist small entrepreneurs. Loan given without security Loans to those people who live below the poverty line Members of SHGs may benefit from micro finance Maximum limit of loan under micro finance ₨25,000/ Terms and conditions offered to poor people are decided by NGOs Microfinance is different from Microcredit- under the latter, small loans are given to the borrower but under microfinance www.ijmer.in
161
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
alongside many other financial services including savings accounts and insurance. MICROFINANCE INSTITUTIONS-FUNCTIONING The Grameen Bank of Bangladesh has developed a joint liability model that its MFIs are using suited for local conditions. When choosing a village the MFI conduct a comprehensive survey to brief the potential for operations and the local conditions in a village. The MFI are evaluating some key factors like village population, degree of poverty, road accessibility, political stability and safety. When a village has been selected, the MFI introduces its mission, methodology and the services they are offering. After the informational presentation interested women are gathered in group formations. They have to be in the age between 18 and 59. The women put them self together in groups of five to serve as guarantors for each other. Earlier experience has shown that a group of five persons is small enough to create group pressure between the members, enforcing them to be loyal to each other. In case someone of the group members is not able to repay the loan the group is big enough to help with the payments. The company does not influence the selection of group members nor the decision regarding the income generation activity nor the loan amount they intend to take. Group members must live close to each other and cannot be related to each other. If a borrower defaults on her loan, the entire group typically is penalized and sometimes barred altogether from taking further loans. This peer pressure encourages borrowers to be very selective about their peer group members and to repay loans in full and on time. TYPES OF MFI REGIONAL RURAL BANKS CO-OPERATIVE BANKS www.ijmer.in
162
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES
REGISTERED NBFCS
UNREGISTERED NBFCS
SOCIETIES AND TRUSTS COMMERCIAL
BANKS
INCLUDING
PUBLIC
SECTOR,
PRIVATE SECTOR AND LOCAL BANKS DIFFERENT MODELS OF MICROFINANCE: There are two models in India that link the formalfinancial sector with lending to low-income households in India, namely: 1. SHG – Bank Linkage Programme (SBLP): The SBL model is a home grown model ofmicrofinance in India which was conceptualized and initiated by NABARD in 1996, when it launched nation-wide pilot projects to link the existing SHGs with banks. 12-15 people forma group and start an account with a bank. They start to build up internal funds through thrift and savings. Once this reaches a substantial level, they begin borrowing from the bank. Thismodel involves the SHGs financed directly by the banks viz., CBs (Public Sector and PrivateSector), RRBs and Cooperative Banks. 2. MFI – Bank Linkage Programme (BLP): Micro Finance Institutions (MFIs) act as an important conduit for extending financial services to the sector in the country by raising resources from Banks and other institutions and extending loans to JLG / members. This Model covers financing of Micro Finance Institutions (MFIs) by banking agencies for onlendingto SHGs and other small borrowers MFIs are of different legal entities viz.NGO MFIs - registered under the Societies Registration Act, 1860 or the Indian Trusts Act, 1880. Cooperative MFIs - registered under the State Cooperative Societies Act or mutually aided Cooperative Societies www.ijmer.in
163
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Act or Multi State Cooperative Societies Act.NBFC MFIs incorporated under Section 25 of Companies Act, 1956.NBFC MFIs incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 and registered with RBI. PRINCIPLES FOR MICROFINANCE ➣The poor needs access to appropriate financial services ➣The poor has the capability to repay loans, pay the real cost of loans and generate savings ➣ Microfinance is an effective tool for poverty alleviation ➣ Microfinance institutions must aim to provide financial services to an increasing number of disadvantaged people ➣ Microfinance can and should be undertaken on a sustainable basis ➣ Microfinance NGOs and programs must develop performancestandards that will help define and govern the microfinance industrytowards greater reach and sustainability INTEREST ON MICROFINANCE LOANS Old Approach The old (and by now highly discredited as ineffective) approach to loans for low-income borrowers emphasized subsidized interest rates. It did not recognize that subsidized below-market interest rates do not necessarily result in opening up access to financial services for lowincome households and microenterprises. New Approach The new approach which has been demonstrated by global experience is characterized by a market-based interest rate regime which permits the institution providing microfinance services to cover administrative costs, provisions for loan losses and intermediation/funding costs. This www.ijmer.in
164
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
basis is consistent with financially sustainable rural finance and microfinance. Invariably, the global experience continues to validate the proposition that what matters most to the poor and undeserved segments is access to financial services rather than their interest-rate cost – most especially because microenterprise and small business borrowers will take a microfinance loan whose repayment periods match the additional cash flows they hope to generate. Therefore, interest on such micro financing loans shall be reasonable but shall not be lower than the prevailing market rates. This is to enable the lending institution not only to recover the financial and operational\costs incidental to this type of microfinance lending but also to realize some bottom line gains. ROLE AND IMPORTANCE OF MICROFINANCE According to the research done by the World Bank, India is home to almost one third of the world’s poor (surviving on an equivalent of one dollar a day). Though many central government and state government poverty alleviation programs are currently active in India, microfinance plays a major contributor to financial inclusion. In the past few decades it has helped out remarkably in eradicating poverty. Reports show that people who have taken microfinance have been able to increase their income and hence the standard of living. Thus, Microfinance plays a major role in the upliftment of Indian economy in the following ways:Credit to Rural Poor:-Usually rural sector depends on noninstitutional agencies for their financial requirements. Micro financing has been successful in taking institutionalized credit to the doorstep of poor and have made them economically and socially sound. Poverty
Alleviation:-Due
to
micro
finance
poor
people
get
employment. It also helps them to improve their entrepreneurial skills
www.ijmer.in
165
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
and encourage them to exploit business opportunities. Employment increases income level which in turn reduces poverty. Women Empowerment:- Normally more than 50% of SHGs are formed by women. Now they have greater access to financial and economic resources. It is a step towards greater security for women. Thus microfinance empowers poor women economically and socially. Economic
Growth:-Finance plays a key role in stimulating
sustainable economic growth. Due to microfinance, production of goods and services increases which increases GDP and contributes to economic growth of the country. Mobilisation of Savings:-Microfinance develops saving habits among people. Now poor people with meagre income can also save and are bankable. The financial resources generated through savings and micro credit obtained from banks are utilised to provide loans and advances to its members. Thus microfinance helps in mobilisation of savings. Development of Skills:-Micro financing has been a boon to potential rural entrepreneurs. SHGs encourage its members to set up business units jointly or individually. They receive training from supporting institutions and learn leadership qualities. Thus micro finance is indirectly responsible for development of skills. Mutual Help and Co-operation:-Microfinance promotes mutual help and co-operation among members. The collective effort of group promotes economic interest and helps in achieving socio-economic transition. Social Welfare: - With employment generation the level of income of people increases. They may go for better education, health, family welfare etc. Thus micro finance leads to social welfare or betterment of society
www.ijmer.in
166
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
MAJOR FINDINGS: In Micro Finance there are more advantages than disadvantages. Micro finance helps the poor households by providing loans with low interest rates without any formalities. The poor are utilizing these funds •
To start a business
•
To expand the existing business
•
To create empowerment to women
•
To their personal purposes (E.g.: education, marriage, personal loans etc…)
Micro finance creates awareness to poor people regarding life insurance. It motivates the group members towards savings. It helps to increase their standard of living. SUGGESTIONS: To introduce earn-to-live training certified programmes (tailoring, beautician course, handlooms, handicrafts, fabric painting, pot painting, and candle making, making of disposal items etc….) to the self-help group members. To provide the merit based scholarships for encouraging the children of SHG to complete education pursue their further studies. To link up their Aadhar card to loan accounts in the process of computerization to avoid simultaneous operating of multiple accounts. By doing so, each and every member of SHG maintain genuine and friendly relationship with MFI.
www.ijmer.in
167
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Loan transactions should be updated and receipts should be provided without fail. If serves as an evidence for both parties in case of any misunderstandings that arise in the clearance of dues or loan payments.
Discount in interest rates should be provided for those who regularly pay the instalments in time for the purpose of encouragement. MFI should grant extra loans for the benefit of these members, which helps in expanding their own business. By utilizing these loans, they can clear personal debts which are taken at high rate of interest from moneylenders. CONCLUSION: Micro finance can work more effectively if the above suggestions are taken into consideration. It improves self-employment opportunities, women empowerment, standard of living and national growth in economy. Likewise it eradicates poverty resulting in a prosperous nation. References: 1. https://www.google .co.in/ 2. https:/en.m.wikipedia.org/ 3. www.microfinance. info.com 4. www.investopedia.com 5. www.microfinance gate way.org 6.
https://google. wedlight.com/
www.ijmer.in
168
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
169
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
170
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
171
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
172
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
173
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
174
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
175
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
176
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
RELEVANCE OF THE TEACHING OF GANDHI TODAY A.V.Krishna Rao Director MSFS Dhyanashram A Center for Spirituality and Renewal Visakhapatnam
Dev Dutt mentions the situation of India today in his article, “Gandhi’s Non-violence and India today”. He writes that the situation of our nation is characterized by a kind of collective madness, normlessness and lack of wholesome inhibitions. It takes the form of terrorism, political violence and social violence. L.M. Bhole writes that the modern life is increasingly characterized by the lack of concern or feeling for others and living in alienation, restlessness, anger, hatred and so on by the absence of inner and outer peace and happiness of human life. George Plathottam, questions more than six decades after Gandhi’s death, how far do we as a nation try to live up to the ideals of Gandhi? He says that Gandhi’s ideals are being increasingly tossed aside. He also says that every year when anniversaries come, we convert Gandhi’s ideals into great occasions for our mere lip service and long speeches. He further questions, how many efforts do we make to inculcate Gandhian values in the minds of children and youth today? Children only remember him in fancy dress competitions and drawing contents. Sumit Dhanraj, in his writings has mentioned that our own political leaders catch us in this modern world in the socio-religiopolitical turmoil of power play in our own country. Why do we face distorted ideologies, corruption, immortality, injustice and possessive nature for power? How long these take place in our country where once
www.ijmer.in
177
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
upon a time Gandhi brought freedom to all Indians? It is true that we are really in a turbulent situation, because of the present BJP Government. I do now mention some writers’ opinions of our prime minister. Narendra Modi’s way of working is guided solely by the RSS ideology, and all his talk of development is to fool the people. He has clearly motioned that our prime minister does not attend parliament regularly or take part in the debate there to make his stance clear on any subject. Why does the Prime Minister hesitate on answering to the questions raised by the Parliament regarding the corruptive schemes of Lalit Modi, Sushma Swaraj, Vasundhara Raje and the Vyapam Scandal on Madhy Pradesh? Being the head of the parliament, why does he not pay any heed (ear) to the suggestions in the house and prefer the suggestions of RSS leaders who are not even the members of parliament? Is the RSS a democratic organization? Though our Indian constitution strongly states, our nation as a democratic, secular, sovereign and socialist nation, why the RSS people strive to establish our nation as Hindu Rashtra? A.J. Philip has mentioned in his article, saying that our country is losing the significance of its rich constitution by giving undue importance to any particular religion’s rules or practices. Indian constitution grants every Indian to have right to life, but now a days religious fundamentalists make decisions for every Indian, even what to eat and what not. Though India is a multi-religious country, who do we face the false religious ideologies by the BJP government? Derek O’Brien a leader of the Trinamool Congress in Rajya Sabha, also responds to Beef politics of our present government. He says that beef is eaten not just by Muslims, but also by Christians, Dalits and people across religions in the north east, Kerala, Goa and West Bengal. He says that beef is cheaper than mutton and a source of protein for the poor. He says that the beef ban by BJP government gives a scope for petty harassment and moral policing. It encourages www.ijmer.in
178
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
citizens to suspect and spy on one another. He interestingly mentions that even Mahatma Gandhi has faced a backlash from conservative sections when he has allowed a sick and suffering calf to be euthanized. He states that Gandhi would have been jailed for such an act according to BJP government leaders. He further mentions that every citizen of India knows the limits of social behavior. He writes that his parents’ Christian household avoids beef when Hindu cooks feel uncomfortable with it. If they want to eat beef, they do so at a restaurant or any private place. Similarly, if a Hindu or a Christian invites a Muslim, they would make sure not to serve pork. They do like this, not because of fear, but just because of their good manners and mutual respect for the other. He finally mentions that Indians have lived like this for centuries and why cannot the BJP? I would feel that it only one aspect of the misuse of the political of BJP leaders in our society. We are being in multi-racial, multi-religious and mutli-cultural motherland, happy to honor Mahatma Gandhi because of his great contributions for the welfare of every citizen of India irrespective of any differences. That is why, Sumit Dhanraj, writes about the relevance of Gandhi’s teachings. He emphasizes the need to transform India into a free land by liberating her from the clutches of terrorism, communal and religious violence, ideological power plays, riots, lootings, rapes, exploitation of poor, out-casting of humans from the society on the basic of caste, colour, creed and so on. I would now concentrate on the need of the teachings of Gandhi for the modern humanity to live up to the greatness of individual life in this ever-changing society. Gandhi Relation with Human Being Devis mentions Gandhi’s statement. “I feel that we are placed on this earth to adore our maker, to know ourselves, in other words, to realize ourselves and therefore to realize our destiny.
www.ijmer.in
179
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Dr. Jainendra Yadav understanding the teachings of Gandhi said that humankind is to be the maker of his own destiny. He says that one can make his or her destiny only when the great power allows him or her. Here the great power is the name of ‘truth’, which directs all our intentions and plans into the actions. He mentions this ‘truth’ as God for Gandhi, because for him ‘truth’ overrides all human plans to a better life. Devis says that the relationship between God and the humankind is one of ‘unity-in-differnece-relation. He mentions Gandhi’s saying. “we may not be God but we are of God, as a drop of water is of the ocean. Here we can understand our very existence as the partial manifestation of the infinite God There is unity and difference because of one’s limited nature before the infinite. However, Devis mentions the belief of Gandhi in the perfectibility of humankind by realizing by means by the realization of one’s divine nature to love one another. I would say that Gandhi really realized his divine nature and could love all wherever he has been. We need to reflect our way of understanding about our divine nature as Gandhi could achieve in his life. We also need to reflect over the present political leader’s approach to people, whether their goal or end justifies the means or not, as Gandhi’s end justifies means. Human Response towards the World K.N. Tiwari mentions about the belief in the divinity and equality of humankind as wells as their capacity for attaining perfection. Gandhi always has encouraged people to cultivate moral virtues such as satya, ahimsa, non-possession and above all the service of humanity. He says that no one being divine in nature is, no doubt, to be the crown of creation, but this does not mean that he or she is the master of the creation. According to Gandhi, human being is rather the servant of creation and his or her duty is to serve the whole of creation. www.ijmer.in
180
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Devis mentions the concept of Gandhi’s sarvodaya, visualizing the integral development of each individual in harmony with nature, soil, water, trees, birds and animals, which are the expression of the Absolute. He says, in today’s ecological problems, Gandhi’s sarvodaya calls for the careful and responsible use of the world’s natural resources. It proposes a way to save the human race from ecological and environmental disaster. N. Rajalakshmi and J.S. Sindhu have written about the environment that air, water and grains are the three chief kinds of food. Air is so essential for the survival of all, but, if it is polluted, it harms this survival. They have mentioned even doctor’s view of bad air which is harmful than bad water. Speaking about water, they say that we are generally very careless about it. So there is really a need to take care of air, water, food and the other natural resources by every one of us with proper knowledge and limited use. They have commented on Gandhi’s views on the exploitation of nature. They have mentioned that the earth has enough to satisfy everyone’s needs but not everyone’s greed. As they have mentioned about human’s greediness, it is true that the modern humanity makes use of the mother earth and all her resources out of one’s greediness and lack of knowledge to use the natural resources. Infact there are people who misuse the resources and cause lot of exploitation. We need to wonder why the present government does not bother such major problems that are happening in the society to its degradation, rather concerning about minute cases such as beef eating, creating a Hindu Rashtra and so on. It is really a time to follow the path of Gandhi’s teachings like sarvodaya, swadeshi, satyagraha and ahimsa, which encourage everyone to love the earth and make use of her for whole human growth.
www.ijmer.in
181
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Human Being as Channel of Peace Today K. Singh understands Gandhi’s views of human and society. He says that humankind and society are interdependent. He says that humankind is the soul of the society. He mentions the need of everyone’s willing submission to society for the sake of the whole society, in order to create a peaceful atmosphere to its members. He also mentions that social change would be carried out through nonviolent means. Finding lack of peacemakers in the present society, Ramjee Singh says about Gandhi’s view of the importance of education that the dream of a peaceful society is impossible without a peace-education. It seems to be true that the present educational system neglects the education of human heart and values. He strongly says that education needs to be a peaceful instrument of social change for the well being of all. George Plathottam writes about the need of recognition, appreciation, and cooperation of the present government towards the non-governmental agencies for their valuable services to the people by means of education, health care centers, and social awareness programmes and so on. He further mentions that BJP government is suspecting the religious and other organizations. He says that BJP government restricts their freedom to contribute their best growth of the whole society. Dharm Raj Yadav says that through a series of experiments in private and public, Gandhi has become more and more convinced that the problems of humanity in different spheres of life could be more effectively and permanently solved by applying the moral principles of ‘truth’ and ‘love’.
www.ijmer.in
182
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Love as Means and Truth as End Dr. Jainendra Yadav mentions that means and ends are convertible terms in Gandhi’s philosophy of life. S.K. Kim has said that Gandhi’s philosophy of ends and means has a direct relation with the doctrine of satya and ahimsa. He has mentioned that ahimsa and satya are so inter-wined that it is practically impossible to separate them. He further has said that they are like the two sides of a coin. Dr. Jainendra Yadav says that means must always be within human reach. Therefore, ahimsa is human’s supreme duty. According to his writings, if we take care of the means, we reach the end sooner or later. S.K. Kim understands Gandhi and mentions ‘truth’ as the ideal of life and the goal towards which we do strive. It is also matter of the nature of our striving to approach ‘truth’. He says that ‘truth’ as the end and ‘love’ as the means. The end is the goal and the means is the way of the realization of the goal. Means cannot be separated from the end just as the way cannot be separated from the goal. He mentions Gandhi’s words, “the means may be linked to a seed, the end to a tree, and there is the same inviolable connection between the means and the end as there is between the seed and the tree. However, Gandhi’s view of ‘truth’ and ‘love’ encourage everyone to attain the end of ‘truth’ by his or her pure means through the means of ‘love’. References: 1. Abel
M (4 January 2005). Glimpses of Indian National Movement. ICFAI Books. ISBN 978-81-7881-420-9.
2. Andrews, C. F. (2008) [1930]. "VII – The Teaching of
Ahimsa". Mahatma Gandhi's Ideas Including Selections from His Writings. Pierides Press. ISBN 978-1-4437-3309-0. 3. Dalton, Dennis, ed. (1996). Mahatma Gandhi: Selected Political
Writings. Hackett Publishing. ISBN 978-0-87220-330-3.
www.ijmer.in
183
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
4. Duncan, Ronald, ed. (May 2011). Selected Writings of Mahatma
Gandhi. Literary Licensing, LLC. ISBN 978-1-258-00907-6. 5. Gandhi, M. K.; Fischer, Louis (2002). Louis Fischer, ed. The
Essential Gandhi: An Anthology of His Writings on His Life, Work and Ideas. Vintage Books. ISBN 978-1-4000-3050-7. 6. Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand (1928). Satyagraha in South
Africa (in Gujarati) (1 ed.). Ahmedabad: Navajivan Publishing House. Translated by Valji G. Desai Free online access at Wikilivres.ca (1/e). Pdfs from Gandhiserve (3/e) &Yann Forget (hosted by Arvind Gupta) (1/e). 7. Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand (1994). The Collected Works of
Mahatma Gandhi. Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Govt. of India. ISBN 978-81-2300239-2. (100 volumes). Free online access from Gandhiserve.
www.ijmer.in
184
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
EXECUTIVE PERCEPTIONS ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES IN RINL, VISAKHAPATNAM
D. Durga Prasanna Research Scholar Dept. of Commerce and Mgt. Studies, Andhra University Visakhapatnam Andhra Pradesh, India
Prof. B. Raja Kumar Faculty of Commerce School of Distance Education Andhra University Visakhapatnam Andhra Pradesh, India
Abstract The scope and significance of corporate governance in India increased sizably in the recent period, particularly following the financial sector reforms. As Indian corporate are finding new space in domestic and global markets for business growth, their interaction with the financial markets and investing community too witnessed significant surge. In this process, corporate governance came as an effective instrument for companies to communicate with the various types of stakeholders in general and investors in particular. Corporate Governance seeks to establish a control system and structure in an organization, guides decision making process to ensure high degree of accountability to stakeholders and builds credibility by creating and maintaining an effective channel of information and disclosure. Thus good corporate governance implies transparency, accountability, trustworthiness, investors’ protection, adherence to better compliance with laws and regulations thereby fulfilling disclosure requirements and ultimately assuring value creation for the stakeholders. The objective is to study the executives’ perception towards corporate governance practices RINL (Rastriya Ispat Nigam Limited), Visakhapatnam also known as Steel Plant Visakhapatnam or Visakhapatnam Steel Plant . This study follows a formal research design and a well designed structured undisguised questionnaire was www.ijmer.in
185
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
administered for executive respondents. Good corporate governance ensures that corporations take into account the interests of a wide range of constituents as well as the communities within which they operate. Proper governance of a company depends upon certain factors like professionalism, transparency, participation and relative importance given to the interest of shareholders. The perceptions of expectations of stakeholders are in unison regarding corporate governance practices of RINL, Visakhapatnam. Keywords: Corporate Governance, RINL, Steel Plant, Executives INTRODUCTION: Globally, Corporate Governance is gaining momentum and in India it has made rapid development among corporates. It has not only been the basic tenet of companies, but also to Government and other societal institutions. Corporate Governance is the set of processes, customs, policies, laws and institutions affecting the way a corporation is directed, administered or controlled. Corporate Governance also includes the relationships among the many players involved and the goals for which the corporation is governed. The principal players are Shareholders, Management and Board of Directors. Other stakeholders are employees, suppliers, customers, banks and other lenders, regulators, the environment and community at large. The collapses of corporates such as like Enron, WorldCom, Tyco etc., were obviously the key motivators for the heightened interest in Corporate Governance studies around the world including India. Corporate Governance seeks to establish a control system and structure in an organization, guides decision making process to ensure high degree of accountability to stakeholders and builds credibility by creating and maintaining an effective channel of information and disclosure. Thus good corporate governance implies transparency, accountability, trustworthiness, investors’ protection, adherence to better compliance with laws and www.ijmer.in
186
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
regulations thereby fulfilling disclosure requirements and ultimately assuring value creation for the stakeholders. Adrian Cadbury, whose report has become the Bible of Corporate Governance, defines Corporate Governance as a system or process by which companies are directed and controlled.' The bedrock of good corporate governance is conducting the affairs of a company in such a way as to ensure fairness to customers, employees, investors, vendors, the government and the society at large. It requires quality of leadership, values, transparent management, vision and goals, respect for law, and sense of social responsibility for which there are no rigid standards. The systems, which can ensure this, may include structural and organizational matters. The stakeholders may be internal stakeholders (promoters, members, workmen and executives) or external stakeholders (shareholders, customers, lenders, dealers, vendors, bankers, community, government and regulators). Corporate Governance is concerned with the establishment of a system whereby the Directors are entrusted with the responsibilities and duties in relation to the direction of corporate affairs. It is concerned with accountability of persons who are managing it towards the stakeholders. It is concerned with the morals, ethics, values, parameters, conduct and behaviour of the company and its management. Management of Corporate Governance Managing Corporate Governance is a complicated task as all corporate may not be professionally managed. This position becomes further compounded when confronted with the manner of enforcement of code of good corporate practices. There is no scope for imposition of such code of the corporate from the above, but the need to evolve such a code by the corporate financial institutions themselves is nonetheless relevant and important for the future of corporate, major stock holders
www.ijmer.in
187
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
and lenders of finance, whose nominee directors are on the Boards of assisted concerns have a proactive role to play though Audit Committees in evolving a code for incorporate practices to suit our needs and economic development. RINL's Corporate Governance Policy: Corporate governance is creation and enhancing long-term sustainable value for the stakeholders through ethically driven business process. At Tata Steel, it is imperative that our Company affairs are managed in a fair and transparent manner. We, at Tata Steel, ensure that we evolve and follow the corporate governance guidelines and best practices. We consider it our inherent responsibility to disclose timely and accurate information regarding our fi nancials and performance as well as the leadership and governance of the Company. In accordance with the Tata Steel Group Vision, Tata Steel Group (‘the Group’) aspires to be the global steel industry benchmark. Corporate governance practices is very essential and success mantra for survival of any organization in the highly competitive market and added that present enterprises both in public and private world over adopting e-procurement and e-payment to bring in economy and efficiency in the procurement of goods, works and services to enhance transparency and good corporate governance. Corporate governance has become a public policy priority for many countries in the world and added that governance of corporates is very important than the governance of governments in many countries. ‘Indeed the country is proud of RINL for achieving several bench marks not only in their performance but also in corporate governance and transparent way of functioning’. The public generally judge a public sector enterprise on its capability to serve the “social purpose” which calls for good governance and ethics in the conduct of business. The enterprises have been always to maximize productivity with minimum utilization
www.ijmer.in
188
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
of resources. Higher levels of corporate governance and competency is the need of the hour to face the challenges in the competing world. In RINL, code of ethics and independent ethics committee have been constituted to enhance corporate governance. He said corporate governance, leadership development and customer relations are the focusing areas for achieving excellence in RINL. REVIEW OF LITERATURE: T.P. Ghosh (2000) has discussed the three pillars of Corporate Governance, i.e. the nomination committee, the remuneration committee and the audit committees and their role or absence in the SEBI guidelines. He has lix concluded that the corporate governance code in India should have these committees in place which are also relevant from the aspect of decision making by the shareholders and other interest groups. The proposition of compliance certificate in India although takes care of ensuring the pursuance of desired governance policy, disclosure may help the shareholders to get some more additional information. Thus it helps to improve transparency in the governance. Dr. Surendar Kumar (2000) has pointed out that, although there are various attributes of corporate governance, it must he appreciated that the subject is mainly based on the question of ethics which is the core of good corporate governance in the day to day management functions. He has dealt with the analysis of cases studies, illustrating the ethical dilemmas faced in real life situations and the importance of values and ethics in all decisions and actions, According to him, the overall scenario calls for setting up ofbehaviora1 standards ably supported by structural system under the full glare of public accountability. Niu(2006) examined the association between corporate governance mechanisms (including board composition, management www.ijmer.in
189
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
shareholding, shareholders rights and the extent of disclosure of governance practices) and earnings quality, measure in two ways, namely, earnings management and earnings informativeness. Using a sample of Canadian firms and applying Kothari et al. and Larcker and Richardson as earnings quality measurements, her empirical tests demonstrate that the level of independence of board composition is negatively related to the level of abnormal accruals. Anand et al., (2006) empirically examined the extent to which firms adopt recommended but not required Corporate Governance guidelines in Canada. The authors found evidence that the voluntary behavior towards better Corporate Governance practices has been increasing over time and that a convergence in the level of adoption of suggested practices is taking place in Canada. Regarding the determinants of the voluntary adoption of recommended Corporate Governance practices, they found that the presence of a majority shareholder or executive block holder is negatively associated with better governance standards. On the other hand, they also found that the presence of either significant investment opportunities or a higher level of research and development expenditures encourages the firm to improve the value of their index reflecting board quality. The authors argue that these factors would be indicative of a firm’s need or desire to access capital markets in the future and, as a result, a prime determinant for firms implementing governance mechanisms would be to appeal to prospective investors. OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY: 1) To study the awareness of corporate governance by the executives in RINL, Visakhapatnam. 2) To analyze the executives’ perception towards their level of expectation and satisfaction on corporate governance practices in RINL, Visakhapatnam. www.ijmer.in
190
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Scope of the Study Rashtriya Ispat Nigam Limited (RINL), the corporate entity of Visakhapatnam Steel Plant is continuing its saga of success and making record sales turnover consistently due to high performance of dynamic team of managerial and work force. In response to the challenges posed in the steel industry, Visakhapatnam Steel Plant has already initiated activities such as diversified product mix, quality certification, technical upgradation, information technology, building core competencies, setting vision & mission. Now Visakhapatnam Steel Plant has envisaged to increasing the plant capacity in production of liquid steel with corresponding increase in the production capacities of all its upstream and downstream units keeping in view the upturn in global and domestic steel demand. In addition to these development factors the corporate governance in the steel plant makes its performance more productive and effective in achieving the goals. This change process requires effective corporate governance both among executive and managerial staff. Therefore, corporate governance is required as a means to access and address effective administration in the steel industry, to act as a catalyst for good governance, to give a competitive performance and encourage a productive climate in the organization. For the executives of the organization, the most important question about corporate governance is whether it is worthwhile and for most executives the answer to that question is to be given performance in terms of financial return and production of output. The executive has therefore to decide how the corporate governance can be more effective. Keeping in view the above discussions, it is found that there is a big scope for the present study on practice of corporate governance in Visakhapatnam Steel Plant aims at finding how far the www.ijmer.in
191
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
executives impacting the efficiency and development of the corporate governance in the organization. in this context the study constituted and focused on the following objectives for the investigation. METHODOLOGY OF THE STUDY: Data Collection Data collection is one of the important aspects in the empirical research which play an important role in determining the output results. The data can be collected by two types; the first one is primary and the other the second one is secondary. In order to acquire the secondary data, the researcher has visited offices of various departments of selected organization, and had gone through their records and annual reports. The primary data is collected through schedules, questionnaires, etc, and the secondary data will be collected from the books, statements, publications, articles, etc. Besides, the researcher has collected the necessary information from various section and departments in study organization about the executives in the respective sections and departments and discussed with a prior permission from the Section Heads and Department Heads. Hence, the primary data for the present study is collected from the executives of the selected organization with the help of pre-designed questionnaire, where the perceptions of the respondents pertained. Sampling: In this article used stratified sampling technique. To collect the quantitative and qualitative data, official permission was obtained from the organization. Emphasis was given on collection of information during the period 2014 to 2015. While the study is concentrating on the perceptions of executives on corporate governance practices in Visakhapatnam Steel Plant, the executives are the subjects for this study. Therefore, the www.ijmer.in
192
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
questionnaire was administered to the executives working in the company. The total employee structure of the Visakhapatnam Steel Plant categorically divided into three groups i.e. Executives, Supervisors and Non-executives. But in the present study only executives are considered as sample under random sampling method for the investigation. The total executives in the Visakhapatnam Steel Plant is categorically divided into 9 groups i.e. General Managers, Deputy General Manager, Assistant General Manager, Senior Manager, Managers, Deputy Manager, Assistant Manager, Junior Manager and Assistant Executive out of which 10% from each category considered and 400 questionnaires were administered to the respondents for data collection. The filled questionnaires were gathers from the executives and scrutinized for final observations. In this process few questionnaires were not returned and some are not filled properly, and finally the sample is considered for the study with 384 Executives. Sl.No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Table – 1: Population and sample of the study Employee Category Total Selection Sample No. of of the Sample study General Manager 69 09 7 Deputy General 415 43 42 Manager Assistant General 430 45 43 Manager Senior Manager 625 65 63 Managers 540 55 54 Deputy Manager 428 45 43 Assistant Manager 436 45 44 Junior Manager 650 68 65 Assistant Executive 228 25 23 Total 3821 400 384
www.ijmer.in
193
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Questionnaire to the executives: The questionnaire was designed by selecting variables and items to obtain the required data for the study. questionnaire consisted of rating scales (5 point scale).
The
The variables selected for the study are corporate governance system, impact of corporate governance on company’s performance, current status of corporate governance, issues of corporate governance, strategies of corporate governance, corporate governance practices and key role players in improvement practices of corporate governance. In addition to these some open-ended questions also included for qualitative analysis. ANALYSIS & DISCUSSION: Awareness of corporate governance is considered to have significant performance implications for the growth prospects of an economy. Good corporate governance practices are regarded as important in reducing risk for investors, attracting investment capital and improving the performance of companies. Hence, the following tables present the perceptions of the executives on major components and performance of corporate governance in Visakhapatnam Steel Plant. Table – 2: Companies’ internal management structure and the board Response Strongly Agree Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly Disagree Total Source: Survey data
www.ijmer.in
Frequency 128 116 28 52 60 384
Percent 33.3 30.2 7.3 13.5 15.6 100.0
194
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
The Table 2 analyses the perceptions of executives about how far the internal management structure and the board of the companies are components and performance implications of corporate governance. In the survey of data it shows that one-third (33.3%) of the respondents strongly agreed and 30.2 percent agreed with the above statement. Hence it can be inferred that more than sixty percent of the executives in Visakhapatnam Steel Plant supported to internal management structure and the board of the companies are components and performance implications of corporate governance. Table – 3: Companies internal management regulations, policies and procedures Response
Frequency
Percent
Strongly Agree
160
41.7
Agree
80
20.8
Neutral
32
8.3
Disagree
46
12.0
Strongly Disagree
66
17.2
384
100.0
Total Source: Survey data
The above Table 3 describes the perceptions of executives on the importance of internal management regulations, policies and procedures in the companies. It shows that out of the total respondents above forty percent opined strongly agreed (41.7%) and 20.8 percent agreed that the internal management regulations, policies and procedures in companies are components and performance implications of corporate governance. Hence, this analysis infers that more than sixty percent of the executives in Visakhapatnam Steel Plant agreed with internal management regulations, policies and procedures in companies are components and performance implications of corporate governance. www.ijmer.in
195
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Table – 4: Legal structure of the company Response
Frequency
Percent
Strongly Agree
176
45.8
Agree
52
13.5
Neutral
20
5.2
Disagree
64
16.7
Strongly Disagree
72
18.8
384
100.0
Total Source: Survey data
The above Table 4 describes the importance of legal structure in the company for implication of corporate governance. In the survey data more than forty percent (45.8%) of the respondents said strongly agree, 13.5 percent said agree, 18.8 percent said strongly disagree, 16.7 percent said disagree, and remaining 5.2 percent of the respondents neutral with the statement. Hence it can be infers that nearly sixty percent of the executives agreed that the legal structure of the company is performance implication of corporate governance. Table – 5: Regulatory framework including monitoring company Response
Frequency
Percent
Strongly Agree
156
40.6
Agree
78
20.3
Neutral
24
6.3
Disagree
58
15.1
Strongly Disagree
68
17.7
384
100.0
Total Source: Survey data www.ijmer.in
196
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
The above Table 5 presents the need of regulatory framework including monitoring company for implication of corporate governance. Out of the total data more than forty percent (40.6%) of the respondents said strongly agree, 20.3 percent said agree, 17.7 percent said strongly disagree, 15.1 percent said disagree and remaining 6.3 percent of the respondents neutral with the statement. Therefore, it can be infers that more than sixty percent of the executives agreed that the regulatory framework including monitoring company in necessary for performance implication of corporate governance. Table – 6: Financial reporting frame work of the company Response
Frequency
Percent
Strongly Agree
168
43.8
Agree
82
21.4
Neutral
20
5.2
Disagree
48
12.5
Strongly Disagree
66
17.2
384
100.0
Total Source: Survey data
The above Table 6 indicates the need of financial reporting frame work of the company for performance implication of corporate governance. In the survey data more than forty percent (43.8%) of the respondents said strongly agree, 21.4 percent said agree, 17.2 percent said strongly disagree, 12.5 percent said disagree and remaining 5.2 percent of the respondents neutral with the statement. This indicates that more than sixty percent of the executives agreed that the financial reporting frame work of the company is important component for performance of corporate governance.
www.ijmer.in
197
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Table – 7: Ownership structure of the company Response
Frequency
Percent
Strongly Agree
134
34.9
Agree
110
28.6
Neutral
26
6.8
Disagree
56
14.6
Strongly Disagree
58
15.1
384
100.0
Total Source: Survey data
The above Table-7 explains the necessity of ownership structure of the company for performance implication of corporate governance. Out of the total data more than thirty percent (34.9%) of the respondents said strongly agree, 28.6 percent said agree, 15.1 percent said strongly disagree, 14.6 percent said disagree and remaining 6.8 percent of the respondents neutral with the statement. It can be concluded that more than sixty percent of the executives agreed that the ownership structure of the company is a component for performance implication of corporate governance. Table – 8: Code of best practices of corporate governance Response
Frequency
Percent
Strongly Agree
156
40.6
Agree
88
22.9
Neutral
30
7.8
Disagree
46
12.0
Strongly Disagree
64
16.7
384
100.0
Total Source: Survey data www.ijmer.in
198
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
The above Table 8 explained the importance of code of best practices for performance implication of corporate governance. In the survey of data more than forty percent (40.6%) of the respondents said strongly agree, 22.9 percent said agree, 16.7 percent said strongly disagree, 12.0 percent said disagree and remaining 7.8 percent of the respondents neutral with the statement. It can be concluded that more than sixty percent of the executives agreed that the code of best practices in corporate governance is component and performance implication. Table – 9: Corporate culture and practices Response
Frequency
Percent
Strongly Agree
176
45.8
Agree
124
32.3
Neutral
14
3.6
Disagree
32
8.3
Strongly Disagree
38
9.9
384
100.0
Total Source: Survey data
The importance of corporate culture and practice for performance implication in corporate governance is expressed in the above Table 9. In the survey data more than forty percent (45.8%) of the respondents said strongly agree, 32.3 percent said agree, 9.9 percent said strongly disagree, 8.3 percent said disagree and remaining 3.6 percent of the respondents neutral with the statement. It can be inferred that more than three-fourth of the executives agreed that the corporate culture and practices are components of performance implications in corporate governance.
www.ijmer.in
199
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Table – 10: Relations among core stakeholders Response
Frequency
Percent
Strongly Agree
168
43.8
Agree
92
24.0
Neutral
18
4.7
Disagree
34
8.9
Strongly Disagree
72
18.8
384
100.0
Total Source: Survey data
The above Table 10 shows the opinions of executives about need of relations among core stakeholders in corporate governance. Out of the total more than forty percent (43.8%) of the respondents said strongly agree, 24.0 percent said agree, 18.8 percent said strongly disagree, 8.9 percent said disagree and remaining 4.7 percent of the respondents neutral with the statement. The analysis infers that above two-third of the executives agreed that the relations among core stakeholders is component and performance implication of corporate governance. Table – 11: Code of conduct and ethics applicable in business Response Strongly Agree Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly Disagree Total Source: Survey data
www.ijmer.in
Frequency 150 74 30 60 70 384
Percent 39.1 19.3 7.8 15.6 18.2 100.0
200
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
The above Table 11 analyzed the response of executives about code of conduct and ethics applicable in business. In the survey data nearly forty percent (39.1%) of the respondents said strongly agree, 19.3 percent said agree, 18.2 percent said strongly disagree, 15.6 percent said disagree and remaining 7.8 percent of the respondents neutral with the statement. It can be expressed that nearly sixty percent of the executives agreed that the code of conduct and ethics applicable in business for performance implications in corporate governance. Table – 12: Culture and value system of the society Response
Frequency
Percent
Strongly Agree
170
44.3
Agree
84
21.9
Neutral
16
4.2
Disagree
46
12.0
Strongly Disagree
68
17.7
384
100.0
Total Source: Survey data
The above Table 12 shows the need of culture and value system of the society for corporate governance. In the survey data more than forty percent (44.3%) of the respondents said strongly agree, 21.9 percent said agree, 17.7 percent said strongly disagree, 12.0 percent said disagree and remaining 4.2 percent of the respondents neutral with the statement. It indicates that nearly two-third of the executives agreed that the culture and value system of the society is component and performance implications of corporate governance.
www.ijmer.in
201
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
CONCLUSION: In the above analysis of table that most of the executives in Visakhapatnam Steel Plant are aware about the functioning of corporate governance practices and their importance at present scenario. When people think about corporations, they usually imagine a large company with hundreds or even thousands of employees. With so many people working within one company, there has to be an order and structure that keeps the areas of communication clear and easy to understand. This form of structure is known as corporate governance. In this context the corporate governance in Visakhapatnam Steel Plant is not just one structure though, but instead it consists of the various duties, obligations, and rights that control and direct a corporation. The point of this governance is to properly distribute the responsibilities that those who participate in the corporation have, such as the executives, managers, stakeholders, regulators, and of course those in the board of executive directors. In addition to informing these people of their responsibilities, the corporate governance also informs people of their rights within the company. Corporate governance is an important aspect of business. If you’ve ever wanted to create a business, then it’s important to explore the importance of corporate governance and how it can help your company. There’s a lot that goes into running a business obviously, and understanding things like corporate governance is only one small part of the big picture. While Visakhapatnam Steel Plant is a public sector organisation, the board of the executives is that stand at the head of a corporation. The responsibilities of the executives are diverse and it requires people needing both skill and knowledge to evaluate employee performance. In addition to this, the corporate governance helps to make sure that the executive has the level of commitment and the size that it needs in order to properly run the industry. Through seeing how corporate governance works, you can tell why it is important. It helps www.ijmer.in
202
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
streamline the process and gives people accountability. The point of corporate governance is to help the decision making process. As mentioned above in the principles of corporate governance, one of the main goals is to clearly explain to the board, the stakeholders, and the shareholders what their duties and responsibilities are within the company. With knowing those roles and responsibilities of board of directs, the executives within the corporation can understand what they are held accountable for. For example, the board has the responsibility of properly evaluating the management in the company. If the company has poor management, then it is the fault of the board for not properly evaluating the manager. In this regard, the blame cannot be placed on other members of the corporation. This prevents situations in which there is no way to know who is accountable for what action. Accountability is what helps people within the company make decisions, whether it is finding out what person should be terminated from their position due to the mistakes that they’ve made or who should be acknowledged for their good work due to doing something exceptional in their field. With good corporate governance, it’s pretty simple to know what the key members of the business are supposed to do. References: 1. T.P. Ghosh, “The Role of Chartered Accountants”, The Chartered Accountant, Journal of the Institute of The Chartered Accountant, Aug. 2000. 2. Dr. Surendar Kumar, “Corporate Governance A Question of Ethics”, Galgotia Publishing Company, 2000. 3. Niu, F.F. (2006). Corporate Governance and the Quality of Accounting Earnings: A Canadian Perspective. International Journal of Managerial Finance, Vol. 2, No. 4. www.ijmer.in
203
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
4. Aditya Parthasarathy, Krishnakumar Menon and Debashish Bhattacherjee, (2006), ‘Executive Compensation, Firm Performance Analysis’.
and
Corporate
Governance
:
An
Emprical
5. Alves, C. and Mendes, V., (2004), ‘Corporate Governance Policy and Company Performance: The Portuguese Case’, Corporate Governance: An International, Review 12. 6. Black, Bernard S., Hasung Jang, and Woochan Kim, (2006), “Does Corporate Governance Affect Firms’ Market Values? Evidence from Korea,” Journal of Law, Economics, & Organization, forthcoming, http://ssrn.com/abstract=311275.
working
paper
at
7. Haristos Doucouligos, Janto Haman, TD Stanley (2010), ‘Pay for Performance and Corporate Governance Reform’, Faculty of Business & Law, DEAKIN University, Australia, SWP 2010/04. 8. Ivan E. Brick, Oded Palmon, and John K. Wald (2005), ‘CEO Compensation, Director Compensation, and Firm Performance: Evidence of Cronyism?’ - JCF Special Issue on Corporate Governance. 9. Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (2002), ‘Comparative study of Corporate Governance Codes relevant to the European Union and its Member States’, European Association of Securities Dealers & European Corporate Governance Network.
www.ijmer.in
204
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
n-InSe SINGLE CRYSTALS: EFFECT OF ELECTRIC FIELD ON PHOTOCONDUCTIVITY D. Linga Rao Lecturer in Physics RVVN College,Dharani Kota Amaravathi,Guntur,Andhra Pradesh Abstract In a wide interim of progress of the temperature (77÷400 K) and intensity (from to a great degree frail up to 2.5·103 V⁄cm) impact of galvanically applied outside electric field on spectral distribution and lux-ampere characteristic of photoconductivity in n-InSe precious stones with different (from ~ 102 to ~108 Ohm·сm) initial (at 77 К) resistance (ρт0). It is built up that in spite of low-resistance (ρт0 ≤103 Оhm·сm) gems, in high-resistance ones (ρт0 > 104 Оhm·сm) of this semiconductor in low temperature district (Т ≤ 250 К) at solid electric fields key parameters and qualities of the inborn photoconductivity changes with voltage. It is gathered that discovered at that reliance of parameters and attributes of the natural photoconductivity on outside electric field is associated with spatial heterogeneity of the concentrated on precious stones and an electric ("infusion") leveling of vacillation of the potential alleviation of free vitality zones in them. Keywords: n-Inse single crystals, electric field, optoelectronics, photoconductivity Introduction Indium selenide (n-InSe) has high photosensitivity in an extensive variety of the optical range (0.35÷1.45 m) [9] up to 350 K that makes it point of view material for optoelectronics [8]. In early works it was reported about instigated by electric field contamination photoelectric wonders [3, 4] and about reliance of photoconductivity energy on electric field [2] in n-InSe precious stones. However impact of electric www.ijmer.in
205
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
field on other qualities and photoconductivity parameters in this semiconductor so far were not explored. With the end goal of uncovering new components of electronic properties and conceivable outcomes of functional application of n-InSe in optoelectronics, in the given work we tentatively research impact of outside electric field of distinctive force on its photoconductivity. Samples and experimental procedure Examined tests as a plane-parallel plate were separated from homogeneous vast n-InSe single gem ingots of rhombohedra structure. Their geometrical measurements did not surpass 0.30 mm and (5.00х3.00) mm2 in headings along and opposite to "C" tomahawks (opposite and along layers) of the precious stone, in like manner. As a material for current contacts tin, indium, silver glue and aquadag were utilized. Tests with different structure (sandwich and planar) and geometry with respect to heading of current stream (longitudinal and cross section) were readied. Estimations were done at different temperatures (77÷400 К) in an extensive variety of progress of wavelength (λ =0.30÷2.00 m) and force (from amazingly powerless up to 5ˑ102 Lx), power of electric field (from to a great degree feeble up to force of exchanging [1]). Bends of phantom dissemination (range) and light (lux-current) qualities (LAC) for contemplated tests with different starting (at 77 K oblivious) particular resistance (ρт0 = 5ˑ102 ÷5ˑ107 Ohm cm). Prior to every estimation with the end goal of erasing the lingering marvels associated with ancient times of the example tests were presented to extraordinary temperature technique [2]. Experimental results On the basis of the carried out estimations following results have been set up. At feeble electric fields a range and LAC of the characteristic photoconductivity (a photoconductivity energized by light from essential ingestion locale), other than the temperature, obviously www.ijmer.in
206
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
depend additionally on ρт0 estimation of concentrated on test. In low temperature locale (Т≤ 250 К) and feeble light both the estimation of independent parameters and a course of qualities (a range and LAC) of the inborn photoconductivity for tests with different ρт0 contrast. In view of estimations of these refinements, it is conceivable restrictively to separation n-InSe precious stones into two gatherings – lowresistance (ρТ0≤103Ohm cm) and high-resistance (ρТ0≥104Ohm cm). Low-resistance precious stones generally ineffectively photosensitive, procedures of the photograph reaction unwinding (foundation of stationary quality at use of light and vanishing after the end light presentation) have quick character (it is portrayed by time steady τ≤106 s), photoconductivity range has no extra structure, and LAC obey to power law with an example 0 ≤ α ≤ 1.In spite of low-resistance gems, high-resistance ones have significantly high photosensitivity, procedures of a unwinding of the photoconductivity in them have moderate character, after light end high different remaining photoconductivity is watched [5]. In introductory (pre-straight) part of the LAX superliner site (where α some of the time comes to up to 6÷7) exists, the greatest and limit recurrence of the range movements to longer waves, the range is extended likewise inferable from relocation of short-wave fringe to shorter wavelengths. On both branches of the range (both on short-wave, and on long-wave) extra (feeble) tops as a level happen, with development of ρт0 this specificity of inherent photoconductivity intensifies, while with ascent of the temperature and power of light they step by step vanish. For clearness, for instance on Fig. 1 trademark bends of unearthly circulation (Fig. 1, an) and LAC (Fig. 1, b) for most low-resistance (bend 1) and high-resistance precious stones (bend 2) at 77 K are displayed. Likewise it is set up that parameters and qualities of the inborn photoconductivity of low-resistance precious stones, under the conditions considered by us don't rely on upon electric field. However in www.ijmer.in
207
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
high-resistance precious stones at low temperatures (T) and powerless light (Ф), at voltages (U) comparing to non-straight part of the static the current voltage qualities (CVC) where obvious infusion through current contacts in the specimen happens starts to show up reliance of parameters and qualities of the inherent photoconductivity on electric field (E). At indistinguishable qualities Е, Т and Ф with development of ρт0 impact of the electric field on photoconductivity turns out to be more apparent, and with development of Ф and increment Т it is debilitated and finally completely vanishes (parameters and qualities of photoconductivity of high-resistance gems just about concur with those in low resistance precious stones). On Fig. 2 trademark bends of ghostly circulation (Fig. 2, an) and LAC (Fig. 2, b) for low resistance (bend 1) and high-resistance (bends 2-4 and 2-6, in like manner) precious stones at different forces of the outer electric field. The estimations did by us demonstrated that impact of the electric field on photoconductivity in n-InSe precious stones all the more emphatically shows at U ≥ UTFL, where UTFL - estimation of electric voltage at which a full filling of traps in a method of the space-charge constrained streams (SCLC) [10] happens. What's more, estimations did on tests with different current contacts, and also with different structure and estimation geometry unequivocally affirm that in the discovered reliance of the characteristic photoconductivity on outside electric field in the researched semiconductor the characterizing pretends likewise infusion, since for a situation non-galvanic impact of the outer electric field on the example reliance of the photoconductivity on electric field is not watched. It has gave the idea that under ideal conditions relying upon estimation of ρт0, under the impact of the electric field the example of pre-direct some portion of LAC changes in 7÷1 limits, the range greatest movements from 1.10 to 0.95 m, the photoconductivity range contracts from 0.30÷1.45 to 0.35÷1.25 m www.ijmer.in
208
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
and its both branches verging on smooth out (extra frail characterized maxima on these branches vanish). Impact of the outer electric field on characteristic photoconductivity all the more emphatically show itself in those precious stones in which likewise impact of photograph memory is impressive. Discussion of the results Going to talk of the got test comes about, as a matter of first importance, it is important to notice that the conditions of photoconductivity discovered by us on the outer electric voltage in nInSe precious stones are most certainly not associated with a warming up of free charge bearers by electric field [7] and/or different impacts of solid electric field [6]. These conditions can't be additionally outcome just changes of cooperation of free accuse transporters of any speck focuses (catch focuses, catching levels, recombination focuses, and so on.) [11]. For this conclusion unequivocally affirm such profound exploratory truths as nonattendance of reliance of photoconductivity on electric field at nongalvanic impact of the electric field with powers up to ~105 V/cm, low (not adequate for an electric warming up) estimations of portability of free charge bearers (μ ≤ 10 cm2 /V s) in high-resistance gems (in which reliance of photoconductivity on outside electric field is watched), memory character of the discovered changes (after the end of the impact of solid electric field some of the time length of the ideal opportunity for rebuilding of the underlying condition of parameters and attributes achieves few moments which significantly surpass time consistent, trademark for transporter spot focus forms [7]). Location of the impact of outside electric voltage on photoconductivity in materials simply having photo memory property (in those gems which are halfway cluttered [5] and non-harmony electronic properties are all around depicted on the premise of two-hindrance vitality model
www.ijmer.in
209
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
of the semiconductor [12], having in free groups recombination and float obstructions), under states of high infusion through current contacts, in the locale of frail light power and low temperatures unequivocally affirm that along these lines a central reason for contrast of the fundamental attributes of photoconductivity (LAC and a range) for low-resistance and high-resistance precious stones is spatial heterogeneity (halfway scattering) of the high-resistance gems. Inferable from what in them other than direct between bands, under specific conditions happens likewise between band excitation of the inborn photoconductivity encouraged by burrowing through recombination hindrances. Obviously that specific part of photoconductivity causes removal of a most extreme and long-wave cutoff of its range to shorter wavelengths, and emerged in close surface layer recombination hindrances lead, to begin with, to range extension to longer waves, besides, to event extra frail characterized most extreme on a short-wave branch of the range. Inside a structure of this model it is gathered that at higher galvanically connected outside voltages where significant infusion through current contacts takes place, the infused bearers somewhat repaying volume charges on outskirts of recombination boundaries, diminish their impact on photoconductivity and at such voltages high-resistance gems on the photoelectric properties come closer to low-resistance ones. In this way with development of U the example on pre-direct some portion of LAC bit by bit diminishes, the photoconductivity range is limited, its most extreme movements to short-wave side, and extra crests on its both shoulders vanish. For the offered model affirms additionally conditions of the range and LAC of photoconductivity on estimation of beginning particular resistance, on impact of the electric field on them in the researched high-resistance precious stones at low temperatures and powerless light powers. In all likelihood, at high temperatures and high light forces the electric smoothing of free groups (an electric
www.ijmer.in
210
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
straightening of the free band potential change) is supplanted by a temperature or light smoothing. Marks to drawings Fig. 1, a. Ghostly circulation of the natural photoconductivity in n-InSe gems with different introductory particular resistances.
www.ijmer.in
211
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
212
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Conclusion Hence, it is conceivable to presume that impact of galvanically connected outer electric field on photoconductivity of high-resistance nInSe precious stones is not associated with electric warming up of the charge transporters and/or different impacts of a solid field, and straightforwardly connected with spatial heterogeneity of tests of these gems and electric straightening of free band potential vacillation at high infusion levels through current contacts. The list of references 1. Abdinov A.Sh., Babayeva R.F. Effect of switching in layered АIIIB VI monoselenides and heterostructures on their basis // Bulletin of the Baku University, Ser. fiz.-math. nauk. 2009. No. 3. PP. 149-157 2. Abdinov A.Sh., Babayeva R.F, Rzayev R.M. Electric Field Effect on photoconductivity Decay in n-InSe Single Crystals // ISSN 0020_1685, Inorganic Materials, 2012, Vol. 48, No. 8, pp. 754–758. www.ijmer.in
213
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
3. Abdinov A.Sh., Gasanov Ya. G. Electrically induced impurity photoconductivity in InSe single crystals with stimulated by electric field negative photoconductivity and residual conductivity // Fiz. i Tech. Poluprovodnikov. 1982. V.16. No. 5. PP. 189-199 4. Abdinov A.Sh., Kazimzade A.G. Negative residual photoconductivity and photocurrent quenching in n-InSe at impurity excitation. // Fiz. i Tech. Poluprovodnikov. 1976. V. 10. No. 1. PP. 107-111 5. Abdinov A.Sh., Kazimzade A.G. The effect of photo- and electromemory in high-resistance n-InSe single crystals // Fiz. i Tech. Poluprovodnikov., 1975. V.9. No. 9. PP. 1608-1612 6. Bonch-Bruyevich V. L., Kalashnikov. Physics of semiconductors. M. Nauka. 1990. - 653 p. 7. Conuell E. Kinetic properties of semiconductors in strong electric fields. М: Mir. 1970 - 397 p. 8. Filachev A.M., Taubkin I.I., Trishenkov M. A. Solid-state photoelectronics. Photo-diodes. - М: Fizmatkniga. 2011. - 443 p (in Russian). Contemporary state and the main direction of development of solid-state photoelectronics. M. Fizmatkniga. 2010. - 115 p. 9. Kaziyev F.N., Sheynkman M.K., Yermolovich J.B., Akhundov G.A. On photoconductivity of InSe single crystals // Phys. Stat. Solidi, 1969, 31, No. 1, p. k59-k61. 10. Lampert М, Mark P. Injection currents in solids. М: Mir, 1973, - 866 p. 11. Milns A. Impurities with deep levels in semiconductors. M. Mir. 1977. – 354 p. 12. Sheynkman M.K., Shik A.Ya. Long-term relaxation and residual conductivity in semiconductors // Fiz. i Tech. Poluprovodnikov. 1976, V. 10. No. 2. PP. 437-453
www.ijmer.in
214
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
WHETHER HOMOSEXUAL MARRIAGES SHOULD BE LEGALIZED OR NOT? K.Chandrasekhara Rao Research Scholar P.G Department of Legal Studies and Research Acharya Nagarjuna University Nagarjuna Nagar, Guntur, A.P INTRODUCTION Homosexuality is one of the three main categories of sexual orientation, along with bisexuality and heterosexuality within the heterosexual-homosexual continuum. The longstanding consensus of the behavioral and social sciences and the health and mental health professions is that homosexuality is a normal and positive variation in human sexual orientation, though many religious societies, including Catholicism, Mormonism and Islam and some psychological associations, such as NARTH, teach that homosexual activity is sinful or dysfunctional. The most common adjectives in use are lesbian for women and gay for men, though gay can refer to either men or women. The number of people who identify as gay or lesbian and the proportion of people who have same sex sexual experiences are difficult for researchers to estimate reliably for a variety of reasons. In the modem West, according to major studies, 2% to 13% of the population are homosexual. A 2006 study suggested that 20% of the population anonymously reported some homosexual feelings, although relatively few participants in the study identified themselves as homosexual. Homosexual behavior in animals is also widely encountered. Many gay and lesbian people are in committed same-sex relationships. These relationships are equivalent to heterosexual relationships in essential psychological respects. Homosexual www.ijmer.in
215
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
relationships and acts have been admired, as well as condemned, throughout the recorded history, depending on the form they took and the culture in which they occurred. Since the end of the 19th century, there has been a movement towards increased visibility, recognition and legal rights for homosexual people, including the rights to marriage and civil unions, adoption and parenting, employment, military service and equal access to health care. Homosexuality – For and Against Arguments Against Arguments
For Arguments
Homosexual Marriages Should Not Be Legalised
Homosexual Marriages Should Be Legalised
1. The institution of marriage is traditionally the union between man and women.
1. There is no moral ground on which to support the tradition of marriage as a heterosexual institution. For e.g. slavery once existed but now abolished on humanitarian ground.
2. Institution of marriage involves procreation and rearing of children.
2.lf it was so than there would have been attempt to prohibit unions between a sterile women and a fertile man or vice versa. Nor does legislation exist which requires a married couple to have children. It is true that homosexuals cannot procreate within their union but there are many options available which enable them to have children, including adoption and artificial insemination.
3. The traditional nuclear family comprises of eight primary relations (Husband,
3. The traditional view of family as consisting of a mother, father and children is no longer representative of today's society.
www.ijmer.in
216
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
4. The absence of sexual complementarity in these union creates obstacles in the normal development of children who are placed in the care of such parents. They would be deprived of the experience of either fatherhood or motherhood. Also this is gravely immoral and in open contradiction to the principle, recognized by the United Nation Convention on the rights of children, that the best interest of the children as the weaker and more vulnerable party are to be of paramount consideration in every case.
4. Scientific studies and psychologists are of the opinion that the love and commitment of the parents make difference not the gender. The children raised by homosexual partners are just as good as those of straight couples.
5. Marriage is a sacred institution. The homosexual inclination is however objectively disordered' and homosexual partners are 'sins gravely contrary to chastity'.
5. Religion is not an obstacle. Many sects of Buddhism celebrate gay relationship freely. Instances of homosexuality are available in all major religious mythology.
6. Same sex marriages is an untried experiment.
6. Homosexual marriages is not an untried experiment. In Denmark since 1989 homosexuality is legally permitted. The result of the experiment suggests that homosexual marriages has actually been civilizing and strengthening, not just the institution of marriage but the society as a whole. So perhaps we should accept the fact that some one else has already done the experiment and accept the result as positive.
7. Same sex marriages would start
7. If the argument were true than
www.ijmer.in
217
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
us down a slippery slope towards legalised incest, bestial marriages, polygamy and all kinds of other horrible consequences.
it would have already happened in countries where legalised gay marriages already exists.
8. Gay marriages would mean forcing businesses to provide benefits to homosexual on the same basis as Heterosexual sex couples.
8. There is no contradiction to the argument as all are equal and have equal fundamental rights.
9. Homosexual marriages are unnatural. Hence Sodomy law needs to be more strict.
9. Homosexuality is natural. There is substantial agreement amongst researchers that sexual orientation is due to genetic factor and is determined by age five or six.
10. Homosexual marriages are the outcome of today complex individualized post
10. Instances of homosexuality can be seen even in ancient, medival and modern
modern society
utilitarian
India. Its not the development of post modern society.
11. No rights exists that can compel a state to recognise any relationship contrary to the definition of traditional marriages.
11. Denial of legal recognition infringes the rights of citizens.
12. Decriminalised homosexual marriages will lead to an increase in homosexuality and this in turn will undermine the whole institution of marriage and family.
12. Sexual orientation is due to genetic factor and it is unlikely that an increase in the incidence of homosexuality will occur as a consequence of decriminalisation.
13. Societal attitude is that people oppose it, hate it, even fear it. That is people are'nt comfortable with the idea of homosexual marriages.
13. Homosexual marriages have the potential to reject hierarchial concept of gender. They challenge patriarchy and the male supremacy derived from it and are consequently punished for not
industrial
www.ijmer.in
218
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
participating maintenance oppression.
fully of
in
daily women
14. Heterosexuality has the advantage of slowing the speed of sexuality transmitted disease.
14. Laws regulating and/or penalising homosexual activity impede public health programs as it drive underground many people at risk.
15. The human species will be danger of dying out homosexuality is legalized due lack of reproductive power homosexuals.
in if to in
15. Infact gays are giving big favour by not bringing more hungary mouth into this excessive overpopulated world. At the same time the continuity of species can never be in danger due to sexual minority which represent not even 10% of the total world population.
16. The principle of respect, non discrimination and the people autonomy to support legal recognition of homosexual unions of the individual is not reasonable to invoke. It is something quite different to hold that activities which do not represents a significant or positive contribution to the development of the human in society can receive specific and categorical legal recognition by the State.
16. Section 377 of IPC violates the right to life and personal liberty, the right to equality and the right to freedom guaranteed to all citizens as Fundamental Rights under Chapter III of Indian Constitution
17. Sodomy was illegal and was until very recently.
17. In countries where homosexuality is legallsed sodomy law is repeled and has been considered obsolete taking into account the social dynamics.
18. Homosexuality is a disease. The Indian Psychiatric Society
18. The American Association has
www.ijmer.in
Psychiatric removed 219
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
also acknowledges that homosexuality is a kind of mental illness.
homosexuality from its list of mental illnesses in 1973 and the World Health Organization did the same in 1981.
19. Decriminalization may be a step towards removing some of the stigma associated with homosexuality and may have positive repercussions on relationship between homosexual and their families.
19. Criminalisation reinforces negative Societal attitude regarding homosexuality which in turn results in greater discrimination and thus impact adversely on the self esteem of many homosexuals which often leads to deception and friction within families.
20. Prominent yoga Guru, Baba Ramdev opined that Homosexual is a bad conduct, which is against to the nature and albeit, it can be eradicated by practising yoga.
20. Beyond any skepticism that Section 377 of the IPC, 1860 is an hurdle to the personal liberty, bestowed by the articles 14, 15 and 21 of the COI.
21. The prominent religions such as Hindu, Muslim and Christianity are against to the Homosexuality.
21. Before incorporating Section 377 in the IPC, 1860, it was not deemed to be a crime. Therefore basing on it, no problems will be occurred after incorporation also.
22. Transmission of HIV and AIDS due to homosexuality is the first and foremost argument against gay marriages.
22. IPC, 1860 was mainly based on Vatsyanas Kamasuthra. Nowhere in that reference book, it was mentioned against comments in respect of the sexual activities of LGBT's.
23.Transmission of HIV and AIDS due to homosexuality is the first and foremost argument against gay marriages.
23. How far it is genuine to be penalized for 10 years imprisonment if the LGBTs are involved in sexual activities with manual consent? Why this type of indiscrimination only towards LGBTs. How far it is justified.
www.ijmer.in
220
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
24.lt was strongly argued that due to mingling of both Male and Female only the family in the society will be developed but not by Male and Male or Female and Female. If this unnatural practice will be permitted, sarrogation, adoptions for the sake of money will be unnecessarily developed besides crimes.
24. There are quite a good number of instances in the epics regarding LGBTS. In valmiki Ramayana, when Hanuman intruded in Srilanka, it was witnessed that the females who were kissed by Ravana are being kissed by other females subsequently. Similar instance can be witnessed in padmapuranam, wherein a king going to death, bestowed a Devine drug to his two wives. After his death, they engulfed the drug and as a result of the same, they gave birth a child sans bones and brain presumed that the flesh and blood will be derived from the mother and bones and brain will be derived from the father. There prevailed a famous folk tale in Tamilnadu and according to which due to attain flying colors in Kurukshetra, they wished to offer Aravan S/o Arjun as Bali, But Arvan put a condition that after getting marriage empathi only, he will be ready for ball, Since there is no other alternative, Sri Krishna himself become as female and married Arvan and satisfied his desire. After that only Arvan was scarified himself for ball.
25. Countries hesitating the gay marriages: ln Russia, there is no legal validity for gay marriages. Similar situation also prevailed in African countries. In Iran, awarding death penalty to those
25. Countries which are being accepting the sexual activities of LGBTs: Argentina in the year 2010 accepted the gay marriages. Like-wise England, wales, Denmark, Bragil, France and New
www.ijmer.in
221
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
who indulges in homosexuality. Thus by and large 79 countries across the world, that homosexuality is deemed to be a crime
Zealand countries accepted the gay marriages. In the year 2012, Dr. Joyce Hilda Banda, president of Malavi country has declared that Homosexuality is not a crime. Similarly the president of USA, Barak Obama has declared that Gay marriages are accepted. Some states of USA are being amended their Acts accordingly.
SUGGESTIONS 1. In its delivery of verdict in the case of Naz Foundation V. Government of NCT of Delhi, the Supreme Court itself suggested that “not withstanding this verdict, the competent legislature shall be free to consider the desirability and propriety of deleting Section 377 of the Indian Penal code from the statute book”. Therefore it is the bounden duty of the parliament, which is the representatitive of the people of India to make amendments to the Section 377 of the IPC, 1860 by reckoning articles 14,15 and 21 of the Constitution of India. Therefore the Government of India through the parliament shall either amend or delete the British colonial relic of Section 377 of the IPC, 1860. 2. LGBT people are also human beings like other citizens. They have also born from their parents like others. Born like LGBT is not their sin. Due to the defect of chromosomes, infirmity cum debility and other heredity cum genetical problems, they have born like that. It is not their fault. If other than LGBT people are entitled to enjoy the fundamental rights and the privileges of Directive principles of State policy, why can’t the LGBT community also entitled to enjoy the same fundamental rights and privileges that are provided by the Constitution of India. To enjoy the same is their www.ijmer.in
222
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
birth right. Nobody can preclude in enjoying the same being citizens of India. Therefore the Government of India through the Parliament shall either amend the present statute or annual the same by reckoning the principles of natural justice and law of the land. 3. Due to physical and mental infirmity, the physically challenged people are entitled to get reservations in the Schools and Colleges besides even in getting the Government Jobs and other employments. Like-wise the LGBT people are also suffering from their physical infirmity for centuries together. Then why can’t the LGBT people are also entitled to enjoy such type of reservations in prosecuting their studies and thereafter getting the Government Jobs and other employments. Therefore, the Government of India shall be amend the statute in such a manner, that the LGBT people shall also enjoy the same benefits in all walks of their lives so as to treat them also like other human beings. 4. Since the SC, ST and other aboriginal people have been suffered from quite a good number of problems such as social, cultural, Educational and political besides deprived from the same since centuries together, after attaining the Independency, the Government of India has been provided and providing a myriad privileges through the Constitution and other statutes in the above fields. Like-wise the LGBT people have been also suffering from the same problems besides social struggles and other mental agonies, indiscrimination and look down upon as untouchables from centuries together. Therefore it shall be recognized by the Government of India and shall be provided the same privileges as had entitled and enjoying by the above cited people by making suitable amendments to the statutes by the parliament of India. The same shall be on par with the above cited downtrodden people by reckoning the principles of natural justice besides socialistic www.ijmer.in
223
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
pattern of society that is all are equal before law sans any discrimination. 5. Due to the deforestation and lack of food, the wild animals are off and on intruded in the nearby villages and causing damage and havoc to the crops and other properties of the people for the sake of their survival. Like-wise though the LGBT people are willing to work, nobody is ready to bestow employment to them in the society. Since there is no other alternative, they are habituated for begging and indulging in prostitution to eke out their livelihood for survival. Due to that fact only, they are thronging on the people at bus stations, railway stations, Streets and during the time of journeys also. Due to precluding them in doing the work, they are forcefully habituated for begging and prostitution. We are experiencing in our daily life this type of pathetic episodes and scenarios. Therefore the Government shall implement such type of policies and programmes statutorily to bestow employment to the LGBT people in order to eke out their livelihood sans become parasites on others. 6. The LGBT people are being indiscriminating, humiliating and harassing by the people of the society. They are being treated as untouchables. Due to that, the LGBT people are suffering from mental agony and cultivating gludge against the society. They are being suffering from the atrocities caused by some sections of the people. In the recent past, the commercial capital, Kochi in Kerala has witnessed a rare battle between the police and members of the Sexual Minorities Front (SMF). The police lodged cases against them due to criminal activities such as prostitution and robbery. On the other hand Sheetahal Shyam, Secretary of the SMF alleged that “those accusing us of begging and prostitution should know that there are not many options for transgender’s (TGs) to make a living here. Give us education and work, and we will not end up on the roads for prostitution”. This is the pathetic predicament of the TGs www.ijmer.in
224
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
at present in the society. (Source: The Hindu, South Column P.No.8 dt.29.05.2016.). Therefore the Government shall implement such type of statutes and draconian laws and punish the people, who have been committing the atrocities against the LGBT people besides rigorous imprisonments. 7. The Government shall establish separate rehabilitation centres and implement certain reforms for the well being of the LGBT people. 8. Like-wise, the Government shall establish hospitals and educational institutes separately if necessary for the wellbeing of the LGBT people so that make them to enjoy the benefits and privileges of the same on par with other human beings. 9. Besides the above, the mindset of the people shall also be changed and they should be sympathized towards the LGBT people and treat them as their siblings and fellow human beings and the people of the society should not be treat them as untouchables and not keep them aloof. 10. In this regard, the Non-Governmental organizations (NGOs), Philanthropic institutions and charitable trusts shall also be come forward to assist and uplift the LGBT community and see that the LGBT people can stand upon their own legs sans depending upon others. They shall establish certain training centers to reform them. They shall establish and implement such type of institutions, plans, programmes and policies so as to develop them also educationally, culturally and socially besides other fields on par with other human beings. 11. By reckoning Corporate Social Responsibility(CSR), the Corporate Bigwigs, MNCs, Business Tycoons and Financial Wizards shall allocate funds from their Net Profits and implement certain programmes and establish certain reforms centers so as to uplift the downtrodden LGBT community on par with others with the www.ijmer.in
225
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
milk of human kindness. The Government shall also encourage this type of charitable acts as rendered by the said companies and exempt from Income Tax against the funds meant for the LGBT people. 12. The Government shall establish Health Centers and hospitals preferably for LGBT people, who are suffering from HIV, AIDS and other chronic and communicable deceases. They shall be educated and enlightened for the cause and effects of such deadly deceases so as to prevent the same. 13. In the good olden days, the kings and the Zamindars have nourished and encouraged the LGBT people by way of performing dances during the course of certain auspicious functions by treating the same as augur well for them. Therefore the elite community in the society shall invite and provide the LGBT people to perform their programmes in such type of auspicious functions so as to eke out their livelihood sans become parasites. Further the elite people bestow an opportunity to display their innate talents during the course of rituals, anniversaries and other ancestral celebrations. 14. Quite a good number of countries across the world such as USA, Greece, Hungary, Ireland and Austria etc have legalized the Homosexuality and the countries such as Netherland, Belgium, Canada, Spain and South Africa have recognized the same –sex marriages. The state of Massachusetts in USA recognized the samesex unions. Countries like Australian, UK and Sweden etc are offering some rights and responsibilities as civil unions. Therefore by reckoning the changing global scenario, though it become high time, the rights and responsibilities shall be recognized by the Government
and
enact
necessary
statutory
provisions
and
implement such type of policies and programmes for the wellbeing
www.ijmer.in
226
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
of the homosexuals on par with others besides all are equal before law sans any discrimination by way of gender and sex etc. 15. There was no moral ground on which to support the tradition of marriage as a heterosexual institution by reckoning the instance that slavery is once existed but now abolished on humanitarian ground. Therefore the same will be squarely applies in respect of homosexual marriages. 16. The Apex court in Khushboo case has recognized and upheld the cohabitation between the un-married couples. By reckoning the same, why can’t it applies in case of homosexuals in leading cohabitation and marriages sans bestowing impediments to others in the society. 17. At present, the traditional view of family consisting mother, father and children is no longer representative of today’s society. In fact though homosexuals cannot procreate within their union but there are many options available which enable them to have children by way of adoption and artificial insemination. Therefore the Government should be encouraged homosexuals in this regard. 18. Myriad scientific studies and psychologists come to a conclusion and opined that the love and commitment of the parents make difference but not the gender. Therefore the children raised by homosexual partners are squarely as good as those of straight couples. Therefore it can be encouraged in this regard also by the Government and the people of the society. 19. It is not true and correct that religion is an obstacle. Many sects of Buddhism celebrates gay relationship freely. Myriad instances of homosexuality are available in all major religious mythology. Therefore the people, who criticizing the homosexuality can be changed their mindset in this regard by reckoning the ground reality. www.ijmer.in
227
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
20. It shall be nota bane that the experiment of homosexual marriages at Denmark since 1989, where legally permitted which resulted civilizing and strengthening not just the institution of marriage but the society as a whole. Therefore it is whole heartedly suggested that homosexual marriage can be permitted by and large beyond any skepticism. 21. Homosexuality is not a new one and it is natural. Myriad instances can be witnessed even in ancient medieval and modern world. Quite a good number of researches and analytical studies divulged that sexual orientation is due to genetic factor and is determined by age 5 or 6. Therefore denial of legal recognition infringes the fundamental rights of the citizens. Therefore it is suggested to encourage the homosexual marriages sans impediments by reckoning the fact that all are equal before the law. 22. In fact, gays are bestowing a great favour by not bringing more Hungary mouth into this excessive over populated world. At the same time, the continuity of species can never be in danger due to sexual minority, which represent not even 10% of the world’s population. In view of this aspect also, it can be suggested that the homosexual marriages shall be encouraged and recognized. 23. Studies unveils that the America psychiatric Association has already removed homosexuality from its list of mental illness in 1973 and the World Health Organization (WHO) did the same in 1981. Further in the countries where homosexuality is legalized sodomy law has been repealed the same as obsolete by reckoning the rapid social dynamics. Therefore By reckoning the global view by and large, it can be suggested that the homosexual marriages shall be legalized. 24. Beyond any skepticism that section 377 of the IPC, 1860 violates the right to life and personal liberty, the right to equality and the www.ijmer.in
228
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
right to freedom guaranteed to all the citizens as fundamental rights under articles 14, 15, 21 and Chapter III of the Constitution of Indai, the said section shall be annulled in the interest of the gay community and thereby legalize the gay marriages. 25. Myriad analytical studies, researches and empirical observations divulged that criminalization re-enforces negative social attitude regarding homosexuality which in turn results in greater discrimination and there by impact adversely on the self-esteem of many homosexuals which often leads to deception, mental agony, stress and friction with in the families. Thus it can be suggested that homosexuality can be permitted and legalized the homosexual’s marriages so as to mitigate the above cited problems that are being encountered in the society by reckoning that all are equal before law to lead a peaceful life and liberty sans impediments. CONCLUSION Thus there is much heated debate is going on across the world in respect of the legality of homosexuality. India is the longest democratic country in the world. Therefore it is the bounden duty of the Government to bestow liberty and equality to the citizens of the country. In this connection it is not an out of place to mention here about AH.Maslows need of hierarchy. According to him, the people of the society will give much importance to the primary needs such as Food, Cloth, Shelter and Sex. After having satisfied these basic needs only, he will shift to the next phase of the needs in the pyramid such as self actualization and esteemed needs in the society. Now a days the LGBT community is suffering from both physical and mental agony in understanding their own problems and not in a position to express the same patently and latently and suffering a lot of stress besides humiliation in the society and consequently committing suicides. Like a
www.ijmer.in
229
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
coin having both sides, there is some reasonability and genuinity in both for and against arguments in respect of Homosexuality. If it will be encouraged and accepted the homosexuality, there is every possibility to occur atrocities against children, sexual harassment on all sections of the people, pervading and disseminating of deadly diseases of HIV and AIDS. Section 377 of the IPC, 1860 strictly prohibiting the homosexuality and awarding a draconian punishments to those who are committing atrocities against the children sans their will and wish. Thus it gives a great legal shelter to the victims and innocents thus beyond any skepticism, it is a great reasonably good provision. Albeit in the day to day fast changing LPG scenario, there should be amendments to the provisions of the IPC preferably to the Section 377 of the IPC, 1860. Therefore the Apex court shall take a reasonable decision by reckoning all the merits and demerits and deliver its verdict which will be useful to the larger public interest and well being. In view of the facts and circumstances as cited supra, It can be positively extrapolated that an erudite, euphoric and eulogisable land mark judgement will be pronounced by the August Apex Court and recorded an indelible mark which lies in the annals of its historical judgements perpetually and perennially besides showcases a role model to the entire world for the well being of the homosexuals as all are equal before law in order to lead a peaceful and dignified life. Therefore by extrapolating the ensuing land mark judgement of the Apex Court, before going to epilogue, it is an apt to quote here the buzz words of Githa. Sloka:
Yad yad acarati sresthas tat tad evetaro janah Sa yat pramanam kurute lokas tad anwartate -
www.ijmer.in
Bhagavath Githa.
230
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Epitome:
Whatever action is performed by a great man, common men follow in his footsteps. And whatever standards he sets by exemplary acts, all the world pursues.
References 1. Arvind Kala, Invisible Minority: the unknown world of the Indian homosexual (Dynamic Books, New Delhi, 1994). 2. findarticles.com/p/articles/mi_m2065/is_n1_v50/aL20344099/P9_ 4 28k 3. http://www.fsw.ucalgary.calramsay/gay-Iesbian-bisexual/3ta-southasia-homosexuality.htm 4. http://www.ilga.info/index.html 5. http://www2.warwick.ac.uk/fac/soc/law/elj/lgd/200 1_ 2/narrainl 6. Sandeep Roy Chowdhury, 'The best of both worlds? South Asian bisexuals speak out,' India
www.ijmer.in
231
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
LEARNING SKILLS OF KIDS IN VOCABULARY, GRAMMAR, READING, WRITING IN ENGLISH Dr.V.Krishna Murthy Lecturer in English S.A.R.M.Degree College (AIDED) Allagadda Abstract: A kid takes in the four dialect abilities tuning in, talking, perusing and composing rapidly in his/her native language. Truth be told perusing and composing are the1 transcendent abilities. In English, correspondingly the youngster ought to be presented to a decent arrangement of right communicated in English. Showing English dialect in non-local nations like India, China, Japan, Pakistan and so on is extremely troublesome. English dialect educators find troublesome in instructing however there are number of strategies, methodologies and edures to show it as a second dialect. In the meantime understudies likewise feel hard to learn English dialect since it is not local dialect. They have some trouble to learn it. Be that as it may, we as a whole know the significance of English dialect. The significance of English has expanded in the cutting edge worldwide social orders. It is valuable to the understudies of all braches to form their lives and set their objectives. At the point when matter comes to learning English 'vocabulary and syntax, understudies need to learn both. Vocabulary and syntax help a considerable measure in dialect learning. A section from these two, social environments is key at school or school and at home. Perusing, composing these two are the two essential branches in dialect aptitudes. The immense English writer Francis Bacon says in regards to perusing and composing as Perusing makh a full man, gathering a prepared man, and composing a correct man. Key words: English, Kids, Learning Skills Reading, Writing, Vocabulary, Grammar
www.ijmer.in
232
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Introduction: English dialect is the one among the quickest developing dialects on the planet. Each educationalist should acknowledge English Language's predominance and unmistakable quality. At present the entire world is yelling with a single tone about the significance of English dialect. Obviously Teachers of English dialect have their own particular issues to show it to the understudies in various states in India simply because it is not our first language. In the meantime understudies likewise can't acknowledge English dialect as they acknowledge their first language. They have some dread about it. This dread just makes the understudies moronic. A decent dialect instructor decides on great strategies to educate - tile dialect to the understudies. Firstly he tries to evacuate the dread among the understudies and he makes them feel great and appreciate the dialect learning. Fundamentally a decent dialect instructor ought to have some unique abilities to educate the dialect. An effective instructor ought to have the showing aptitudes of English dialect with a specific end goal to create reasonable learning abilities of English among his understudies adequately. Vocabulary, punctuation, perusing and composing aptitudes are the indivisible regions in dialect learning. Each part has its own particular importance. Vocabulary: Words, which we use to talk, to tune in, to peruse and to compose, - basically constitute vocabulary. Educators feel some kind of trouble to instruct English to understudies of non¬native, simply because it is not their primary language. Be that as it may, understudies indicate hundred percent enthusiasms to learn things by playing. So here play way technique is reasonable. Georg Mano in his article "Classroom Activities for Building Vocabulary", he said about all the best amusements, similar to Charades, Pictionary, Synonym, and Antonym Cards and so on.
www.ijmer.in
233
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Pretenses: Charades is an outstanding diversion, presumably of French root. Its standards are basic. One player takes a gander at a piece a paper with a word or title composed on it, then, without talking, he/she utilizes signals or acting to offer intimations to alternate players, who attempt to think about what word or title is composed in the paper. Pictionary: Pictionary is a prepackaged game designed by the Parker Brothers Company. The first diversion has cards with words on them. One player takes a gander at a ca=d and would draw a photo, while another player would attempt to figure which word the photo speaks to. Really for the lower class understudies, these sorts of the amusements are not appropriate. There the instructor needs to take the current words for the recreations and see that the)i ought to be their level. The treatment to vocabulary in the content material can be suited to the reason for instructing. Some valuable strides for instructing vocabulary: Select the vocabulary for instructing from the content/pages. Review them to Pre-instruct or to educate while clarifying the content of Intensive Reader or Non-definite Peruser. Dynamic vocabulary ought to be exhibited in talked from first circumstance partner in important sentences. Understudies ought to be checked whether they have comprehended the word in connection or utilitarian frame, utilizing reasonable method. Words through activities and signals: Basic activities can be performed to clear up implications. Activities: walk, compose and so forth. Signals: grin, giggle, gaze look and so on. Prefixes and Suffixes: Prefix: un known un capable and so forth. Postfix: generosity murkiness. Word bunches: There will be diverse word bunches identified with the thoughts. The instructor needs to give direction how to do the action.
www.ijmer.in
234
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
a. Word gather with comparable thoughts (Synonyms) Eg: End: complete, close, finish and so on. Look: gaze, glare, look, peep and so on. Delightful: really, enchanting and so forth. b. Word aggregate with inverse thoughts (Antonyms) Eg: Slow: quick. Brilliant: dull. c. Word gatherings to portray. Eg: Man: his work, his work environment and so on. Instructor: educate, school. Word diversions: As I said above there are a few word amusements in English. As indicated by need, the instructor needs to arrange a diversion in the class to help the understudies to grow their vocabulary. Those are memory game,word creation diversion, word development amusement, word consummation diversion and so on. Unquestionably every one of these recreations help the instructor to make an understudy to get sound learning in vocabulary. Linguistic use: Teaching syntax at school and school level is testing. To make sentence structure classes fascinating educators need to instruct inventively and imaginatively. A decent instructor applies great techniques to show syntax alongside his own particular aptitudes. A man's capacity in dialect is judged, not by the measure of linguistic use he knows but rather his expertise in utilizing that dialect. In the meantime we can't say that he require not know any punctuation. Dialect showing specialists maintain the view that sentence structure ought not be instructed independently but rather it ought to be educated as a basic part of the dialect lesson. About seventy one percent of the understudies' think that its intriguing. The educators show language structure alongside exposition of different materials taken from different sources.
www.ijmer.in
235
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Valuable activities for showing linguistic use: Majority of the learners concur with the need of doing activities in the class. Yet, they don't care for this sort of language structure practices that are not in light of any setting — based activities. The materials for these activities might be taken fr6m sources like daily papers and magazines. Other than these learners detest the act of managing language structure practices in classes. They feel that it is entirely exercise in futility and that they need worksheets of syntax activities from instructors. Showing punctuation with electronic devices like overhead projector and power point presentation is extremely basic and successful to the educator and it is exceptionally useful to the understudy to comprehend the language structure effortlessly. Syntax instructing ought to start with cases of current use, and not with the standards behind such use. This sort of instructing is called inductive educating. What happened for a long time in schools was deductive instructing with emphasis on principles and illustrations and special cases. Sorts of linguistic use: Grammar is of two sorts, contingent upon the Traditional and Modern perspectives of instructing/learning sentence structure. They are 1. Formal sentence structure and 2. Utilitarian punctuation. Formal punctuation: It is otherwise called prescriptive linguistic use as it recommends the sentence structure standards of dialect. It is a customary sort of sentence structure. It is hypothetical punctuation relating to tenets, definitions, expressions of words and so on. By adapting such linguistic use, the learner will secure the capacity to portray the dialect and its structures however not to utilize the dialect fluidly. The understudies need to first take in the standards of sentence structure before any utilization of dialect. The govern is trailed by a case in each moment of language structure frame or structure.
www.ijmer.in
236
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Learning of linguistic use includes cognizant learning of punctuation principles through repetition memory. The lead is trailed by an. case and the understudies are tried in their memory of tenets of syntax and concerned illustrations. Formal sentence structure is educated in the conventional Grammar — Translation technique for instructing English. Useful Grammar: It is otherwise called 'coincidental language structure', as it is concentrated on at whatever point a need emerges while showing materials in English. In utilitarian punctuation, we concentrate just that partition of language structure, which helps us to talk and compose redress English in a split second. No run of punctuation is concentrated on unless there is a particular requirement for doing sc. The understudies unwittingly while taking in the dialect circumstance partner take in this sort of linguistic use. It demands taking in a living dialect however not its guidelines. The sentence structure is gotten from the situational learning of the dialect. Perusing: Most of the English educators would concur that perusing is an essential capacity to help learners not just to enhance their insight into a dialect, additionally quicker better approaches for creating it. E.L.T masters Bright and Mc.Gregor (1990) says in regards to perusing as: "Where there is small perusing there will be little dialect learning". Goodman characterizes perusing as "Psycholinguistic speculating diversion". As per Widdowson, "Perusing is viewed not as a reCction to a content but rather as a connection between the author and the peruser intervened through the content". Prof day suggested that understudies at the learner and middle of the road levels ought to be urged to peruse books of their decision". As a subsequent movement he recommended that they ought to be given exercises like coordinated rehashed perusing and composing as opposed to giving perception works out, which abridge their
www.ijmer.in
237
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
imagination. He likewise underlined the significance of making understudies figure out how to construe implications from setting and build up the capacity to skim a content to get the general thought or output for data. While examining understanding it is common to discuss levels. This is a direct result of a few abilities required in it. It has to be spelt out. a. Figuring out how to perceive letters/words/sentences. b. Understanding traditions utilized as a part
of
realistic
representations of dialect. c. Taking in the importance of composed words. d. Figuring out how to "lump" sentences into sense bunches deciphering them. e. Comprehension and translating talk. To prepare learners to peruse, certain pre-perusing undertaking is proposed. The utilization of this errand gives learners 'perusing availability'. This system is generally utilized at the pre-essential level. A piece of all the above said things a couple of strategies assist dialect instructors with teaching perusing: The Alphabet Method: This technique is an age - old strategy for educating perusing. It is likewise called the Letter Method. The understudies are instructed to spell the word like b-a-t as bat. The unit of perusing here is a letter of the letter set, not its sound. The names of the letters b-a-t don't indicate the word 'bat'. In any case, here youngsters take in the words without finish thought or importance of that word. The Phonic Method: This strategy is to some degree altered than the Alphabet Method, Here the unit of perusing is1 a sound, which remains for every letter of the letter set. There are more sounds i.e 20 vowels and 24 consonants than letters of the letter set just 26. 2-2 are understudies need to peruse words as indicated by the phonic sounds.
www.ijmer.in
238
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
The look and Say Method: It is likewise called the word technique. Here the word, the expression or the sentence can be the unit of perusing. This technique makes great utilization of glimmer cards. A word is composed on a blaze card. Eg: apple. A photo of apple is drawn on another card. There are likewise a couple of helpful strategies like the Phrase strategy, the Story technique, the Sentence technique and so on. Perusing: 1 Boisterous Reading: Oral perusing or perusing resoundingly is an ability to be developed in the early stages. It prepares the understudies to connect the talked word with the printed image. It helps him to create discourse with right elocution, stretch and sound. Educators need to train every one of the understudies while they are perusing that they need to saw every word and go on. 1 Perusing out loud, such as Speaking is an extraordinary workmanship. A few people read their radio talks or their address script easily and seriously. For preparing the understudies is perusing so anyone might hear. The instructor ought to obtain a decent information of phonetics and ought to have a decent administer to recognizing mistakes. 1 He ought to be a decent model peruser watching right articulation, push, inflection and delays. Understudies emulate their educator. Quiet Reading: A large portion of our grown-up perusing is quiet perusing. As pointed out before the indications of good quiet perusing are: a. Enlarging of the eye traverse. 1 b. Lessening the retrogressive development of the eye as one peruses. c. Shortening the term of obsession stops between eye bounced. Noiseless perusing helps understudies to work at their own particular place. The matter to be perused quietly should be anything but difficult to peruse.
www.ijmer.in
239
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
An excessive number of troublesome words in the section will upset speed. Great noiseless perusing abilities set up the understudies for library perusing all alone. The instructor ought to have a couple of lessons from the supplementary perusers read quietly consistently. He ought to see that there are no lip minutes and no regressive minute eye as they read. A couple cognizance inquiries, nearby and worldwide, might be set for understudies to reply, after they have perused the section. By along these lines we can develop perusing aptitudes among the understudies Composing: Bacon says, "Perusing maketh a full man, meeting a prepared man, and composing a correct man." The most critical component of good written work is a decent penmanship. It helps kids to get propensities of accurate perception, tidiness, care and exactness. There is a well known thought that the penmanship of a man tells about him. It has shaped a premise for the presentation of "Graphology" to examine a man and his character. Penmanship ought to be neat to be perused effectively. Every individual letter ought to have its own trademark shape to be seen effectively by others 'who read the matter composed. The educator ought to pay consideration on the letters that are not composed legitimately by the understudies and medicinal work ought to be given to amend the blunders in their penmanship.There ought to fie consistency in the span of capital letters and also little letters; reliable extent amongst tallness and width, consistency in inclination, dispersing between letters, words and sentences separately. Penmanship ought to be unmistakable. There ought not jot in composing. A decent penmanship ought to be legible- situate and effortlessly read when composed at typical speed. Penmanship ought to be basic yet appealing with appropriate inclination taking after towards right, tidiness and beauty. It ought to please to the eye. Left or blended inclination is troublesome to peruse.
www.ijmer.in
240
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
The inclination ought to be dependably somewhat towards rigs c. There ought not be any exclusion/commission of letters, words or expressions because of absence of trust in speculation and composing. Whether moderate or quick, thinking and composing exercises ought to correspond with each other. This empowers the learner to create readable, perfect and great penmanship without mistakes. The composition ought to be in parallel lines, level and uniform to the pattern of the book/paper/writing board. There ought to be tidiness in composing without striking. In the event that at all anything must be done flawlessly with a line or two. Penmanship can be educated after the understudies figure out how to peruse from the composed images. After the principal week of oral educating, perusing expressions and sentences fi.dm the writing board or outline or glimmer cards is presented. The orthography ought to be it print script. The written work action is presented when every one of the understudies can read a couple expressions and sentences rapidly and accurately. In the primary stage, the understudies will work on composing by replicating the words or sentences they knew not. In the class, room, duplicating ought to be from the dark board or other visual guides, which the instructor shows. While the understudies are replicating, the instructor ought to manage and energize creating appropriate penmanship by indicating out their slip-ups. Before this practice, the educator can urge the understudies to draw straight lines, circles, half circles, joining lines and so forth. The instructor ought to unmistakably show how to compose letters demonstrating to watch his hand developments while composing. The understudies watch his written work distinctly and emulate him while the duplicate down the matter from the slate. Accordingly composing ought to be instructed appropriately with reasonable direction, mistake amendment and medicinal work.
www.ijmer.in
241
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
References 1. Shaik Mowla, "Methods of Teaching English", Neelkamal Publications Pvt.LTD, Hyderabad, 1999. 2. Sarojini, "Teaching English, A Modern Scientific Approach", Pub. by P. Subrahrnanyam, Vizianagaram (A.P), 1999. 3. Anusha Subramanian, "Effective Reading Strategies", The Journal of English Language Teaching India,2006. 4. Kamran Janfeshan, The Effect of Study Skills on Reading Comprehension, The Journal of English Language Teaching India, 2006 5. Soundiraraj, Attitude of Learners Towards Teaching of Grammar it the Tertiary Level, The Journal of English Language Teaching India, 2006. 6. Raj Kumar Sharma, The Role of Culture in Language Learning and :reaching, The Journal of English Language Teaching in India, 2006. 7. George Mano, Classroom Actives for Building Vocabulary, The English Journal of Language Teaching India, 2007
www.ijmer.in
242
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
A THREE – STATE OPTIMAL REPAIR REPLACEMENT POLICY WITH α – SERIES PROCESS Dr.T.C.Ravichandra Kumar Principal Govt.Degree College Tuni, A.P.,India Abstract In this paper, a deteriorating simple repairable system with α – series process having three states, including two fasilure states and one working state, is studied. Assume that the system after repair is cannot be “as good as new”, and the deterioration of the system is stochastic. Under these assumptions, we study an optimal replacement policy N in which we replace the system when the number of failures reaches N. We determine an optimal repair replacement policy N* such that the long run-average cost per unit time is minimized. We derive an explicit expression of the long-run average cost and the corresponding optimal replacement policy can be determined analytically and also provided empirical results. Key words:- α – series process, Renewal process , long run-average cost per unit, Renewal reward theorem. Introduction Several types of maintenance models for repairable system have been proposed and discussed in the past, and many theoretical and practitioners are still seeking for more effective maintenance models. As systems became more complex and require new technologies and methodologies for effective operations, development of more effective and cost-saving maintenance models and their appropriate utilization are needed to maximize the performance of such systems.
www.ijmer.in
243
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
In this paper , we consider a system which is subject to failures. These failures can occur due to many sources, such as designer’s negligence, defective components, natural components deterioration and operator mistakes etc. When a system fails two types of actions are generally employed. One action is to replace the failed system by a new S-identical one, and the other is to repair the system. So that repaired system operates satisfactorily as specified. In general, repair can bring the state of a failed system to a level which is somewhere between new and prior to new before failure. It is also conceivable that the system may be in some intermediate state upon repair. The first is refer to as a perfect pair, the second is a minimal repair and the last is called an imperfect repair. Therefore, the perfect and minimal repairs are considered to be two special cases of the imperfect repair. In an imperfect repair model suggested by Brown and Proschan, it is assumed that the repair is perfect with probability p and minimal with probability q=1-p, other studies on such imperfect repair models are reported by park, Block et al and Kijima. Lam proposed a different repair and replacement frame work for a repairable deteriorating system. In his model, the successive working times become shorter and shorter while the consecutive failure repair times of the system become longer and longer. Eventually, either the length of working time will become too short or the failure repair time will become too long and as a result, the system will have to be replaced. Such a model is called “Geometric Process“model. Lam discussed two replacement policies by using geometric process model, one based on the accumulated working time T of the system, and other based on the accumulated number N of the failures of the system. Explicit expressions for the long – run average cost per unit time under each replacement policy are evaluated.
www.ijmer.in
244
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
But according to Braun et al (2005) the geometric process model has some disadvantages. For instance in the geometric process model the expected number of failures at an arbitrary time does not exist, but in decreasing α – series process does have finite expected number of failures. The α – series process satisfies properties, which may be useful complement to the increasing geometric process. In this paper, we provide the model and the optimal solution for a three state repairable system specializing to α – series process. In traditional reliability theory, most repair replacement models including the geometric process repair model; it is usually assumed that a system may express only two possible states, either working or failed. The classical reliability theory is based in this binary assumption that each component or the system is either working perfectly or completely failed. However, in many practical situations, a system may experience more than two possible states. For example, a radio or microwave transmitter may be working with full transmission range, working with degraded transmission range, or completely failed. Similarly the operating condition of an automobile may be considered excellent, good or poor. This cause leads to growing interest in research on multi state reliability theory models and optimization algorithms. In this paper, a deteriorating simple repairable system with three states, including two failure states and one working state, is studied. Assume that the system after repair cannot be “as good as new”, and he deterioration of the system is stochastic. A replacement policy N based on the failure number of the system is adopted under which the system will be replaced at the time of Nth failure, Our aim is to determine an optimal replacement policy N* such that long runaverage cost rate is minimized.
www.ijmer.in
245
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Model In this section, we develop a model for three states of the system specializing to α – Series Process by minimizing the long – run average cost per unit time with the following assumptions. Assumptions 1. At the beginning, a new system is installed, whenever the system fails, it is either repaired or replaced by a new and S- identical one and the replacement take negligible time. 2. The system will be repaired as soon as it fails, after each repair the system is not ‘as good as new’. 3. Let there be three states in the system i.e., 0,1,2 are indicated as the working state, 1st type failure and 2nd type failure state of the system. 4. System states are mutually exclusive, exhaustive and stochastic. 5. The consecutive repair times of the system from a stochastic increase α – Series Process. The interval between the completion of the nth repair on the system is called nth cycle of the system, n=1,2,... 6. Let Xn be the operating time after the (n-1)th repair and Let Yn be repair time after nth failure, then { Xn, n=1,2,....} are two independent sequences of independent, non-negative random variables. 7. Let Xn, Yn; n=1,2,.... are stochastically independent. 8. Replacement cost of the system C, Repair cost of the system per unit time is Cr and working reward of the system per unit time is Cw . 9. The system will replaced by a replacement policy N.
www.ijmer.in
246
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
In the following section, results leading to optimal solution are presented. Our problem is to determine an optimal replacement policy N such that long-run average cost per unit time is minimized. Let T1 be the first replacement time of the system under policy N. Let Tn (n≥2) be the time between (n-1)th
replacement and nth
replacement of the
system under policy N. Let C(N) be the long-run average cost per unit time of the system under policy N. Thus according to the renewal reward theorem, due to we have The expected cost incurred in a renewal cycle C(N)= ----------------------------------------------------------------The expected length of the renewal cycle. N 1
N
Cr E ( Yn ) C Cw E ( X n ) C(N )
n 1 N 1
n N
E ( Yn ) E ( X n ) n 1
Cr
n
N 1
1 Cw N 1 C n 1 n n 1 n 1 N 1 1 1 N 1 n 1 n n 1 n
Obviously, we can determine the optimal replacement policy N* by analytical or numerical methods such C(N*) is minimized. Numerical Results For given fixed values of λ, μ, C, Cr , Cw , λ, μ the optimal replacement policy N* is calculated as follows: Let C=7000, Cw=200, Cr =25, λ=0.05, μ=0.025 α=0.8, β=-0.5 www.ijmer.in
247
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
TABLE N Vs C(N) N
C(N)
N
C(N)
2
23.816971
27
20.531513
3
10.676433
28
20.689232
4
8.803176
29
20.836929
5
9.284701
30
20.975506
6
10.323941
31
21.105764
7
11.439199
32
21.228413
8
12.489132
33
21.344082
9
13.436787
34
21.453341
10
14.279705
35
21.556692
11
15.026557
36
21.654594
12
15.688827
37
21.747456
13
16.277817
38
21.835649
14
16.803663
39
21.919508
15
17.275120
40
21.999338
16
17.699619
41
22.075417
17
18.083437
42
22.147995
18
18.431860
43
22.217304
19
18.749355
44
22.283556
20
19.039700
45
22.346945
21
19.306108
46
22.407646
22
19.551327
47
22.465826
23
19.777706
48
24
19.987272
49
22.575205
25
20.181780
50
22.626673
26
20.362751
www.ijmer.in
22.521631
248
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
Conclusions From the table we observe that C(4)=8.803176 is the minimum of the long-run average cost per unit time leading to the optimal policy N* = 4, which indicates we should replace the system at the end of 4th failure . We observed that the optimal number of failures does not affect much for a small change in α and β but there is substantial change in long-run average cost per unit time C(N) of the system. References 1. Barlow, R.E., and Proschan, F., “Mathematical Theory of Reliability, “Wiley , New York, 1965. 2. Braun W.J, Li , W and Zhao Y.Q, “ Properties of the Geometric and Related Process”, Naval Research Logisticsm Vol.52, 2005, pp 607616. 3. Lam Yeh., “Geometric Process and Replacement Problems”, Acta Mathemeticae Applicatae Sinica, Vol.4, 1988 a,pp 366-377. 4. Lam Yeh.,” A Note on the Otpimal Replacement Problem”, Advanced Applied Probability, Vol.20,1988b, pp479-482. 5. Lam Yeh and Tse Y.K., “Optimal Maintenance Model for Multistate deteriorating system Geometric Process approach”, International journal of system science, Vol.34, No.5, April 2003, pp 303-308. 6. Leung, K.N.F., “Optimal Replacement policies determined using Arithmetico geometric processes”, Engineering optimization, Vol.33, 2001, pp 473-484. 7. Levitin G and Lisnianski A, “Structure optimization of Multi-State with Two Failure Modes”, Reliability Engineering System Safety, Vol.72, 2001, pp 75-89.” 8. Zhang , Y.L., “An Optimal Replacement Policy for a three state Repairable system with a Monotone process Model” IEEE Transactions on Reliability, Vol.53, No.4, Dec 2004, pp 452-457. 9. Zhang , Y.L., Yam, R.C.M and Zuo M.J., “Optimal Replacement Policy for a Multistate Repairable System”, Journal of the Operational Research Society, Vol., No.53, 2002, pp 336-341
www.ijmer.in
249
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
250
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
251
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
252
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
253
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 5, ISSUE 10(2), OCTOBER 2016
www.ijmer.in
254
